]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
process-util: add new FORK_DEATHSIG_SIGKILL flag, rename FORK_DEATHSIG → FORK_DEATHSI...
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 255 in spe:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
8 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
9 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
10 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
11 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
12
13 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
14 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
15 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
16 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
17 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
18 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
19
20 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
21 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
22 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
23 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
24
25 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
26 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
27 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
28 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
29 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
30 user feedback.
31
32 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
33 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
34 release to be enabled by default.
35
36 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
37 Transitions between real systems should be done with "systemctl soft-reboot"
38 instead.
39
40 * The ip=off and ip=none kernel command line options interpreted by
41 systemd-network-generator will now result in IPv6RA + link-local
42 addressing to be disabled, too. Previously DHCP was turned off, but
43 IPv6RA and IPv6 link-local addressing was left enabled.
44
45 * The NAMING_BRIDGE_MULTIFUNCTION_SLOT naming scheme has been deprecated
46 and is now disabled.
47
48 Service Manager:
49
50 * The way services are spawned has been overhauled. Previously, a process
51 was forked that shared all of the manager's memory (via copy-on-write)
52 while doing all the required set ups (e.g.: mount namespaces, CGroup
53 configuration, etc.) before exec'ing the target executable. This was
54 problematic for various reasons: several glibc APIs were called that
55 are not supposed to be used after a fork but before an exec, copy-on-write
56 meant that if either process (the manager or the child) touched a memory
57 page a copy was triggered, and also the memory footprint of the child
58 process was that of the manager but with the memory limits of the service.
59 From this version onward, the new process is spawned using CLONE_VM and
60 CLONE_VFORK semantics via posix_spawn, and it immediately execs a new
61 internal binary, systemd-executor, that receives the configuration to
62 apply via memfd, and sets up the process before exec'ing the target
63 executable.
64
65 * Internal process tracking is being changed to use PIDFDs instead of PIDs
66 when the kernel supports it, to improve robustness and reliability.
67
68 * A new option SurviveFinalKillSignal= is now supported to configure a
69 unit to skip units on the final SIGTERM/SIGKILL spree on shutdown. This
70 is part of the required configuration to let a unit's processes survive
71 a soft-reboot operation without being interrupted.
72
73 * Sysext images can now set EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=1 in their
74 extension-release files to automatically daemon-reload when
75 merging/refreshing/unmerging on boot. This should be used only in
76 exceptional circumstances, as it can cause very difficult to debug
77 race conditions and lockups.
78
79 * The ExtensionImages= and ExtensionDirectories= options now support
80 confexts images/directories.
81
82 * A new option NFTSet= provides a method for integrating dynamic cgroup IDs
83 into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using this setting is to be
84 able to use control group as a selector in firewall rules easily and this in
85 turn allows more fine grained filtering. Also, NFT rules for cgroup matching
86 use numeric cgroup IDs, which change every time a service is restarted, making
87 them hard to use in a systemd environment.
88
89 * A new option CoredumpReceive= can be set, together with Delegate=yes, to
90 make systemd-coredump on the host forward core files from processes crashed
91 inside the delegated CGroup subtree to systemd-coredump running in the
92 container.
93
94 * A new ConditionSecurity=measured-uki option is now available, to ensure
95 a unit can only run when the system has been booted from a measured UKI.
96
97 * MemoryAvailable= now considers physical memory if there are no CGroup
98 memory limits set anywhere in the tree.
99
100 * The $USER environment variable is now always set for services, while
101 previously it was only set if User= was specified. A new option
102 SetLoginEnvironment= is now supported to determine whether to also set
103 $HOME, $LOGNAME and $SHELL.
104
105 * Socket units now support a new PollLimit= option to configure a limit on
106 how often polling events on the file descriptors backing this unit will
107 be considered.
108
109 * Scope units can now be created passing PIDFDs instead of PIDs to select
110 the processes they should include.
111
112 * Sending SIGRTMIN+18 with 0x500 as value will now cause the manager to
113 dump the list of currently pending jobs.
114
115 * If the kernel supports MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH, the systemctl and machinectl
116 bind and mount-image verbs will now cause the new mount to to replace
117 the old mount (if any), instead of overmounting it.
118
119 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
120
121 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a PCR bank and hash digest in
122 the --tpm2-pcrs= option.
123
124 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a TPM2 key handle to be used
125 instead of the default SRK via the new --tpm2-seal-key-handle= option.
126
127 * systemd-cryptsetup is now installed in /usr/bin/ and is no longer an
128 internal-only executable.
129
130 * The TPM2 Storage Root Key will now be set up, if not already present,
131 by a new systemd-tpm2-setup.service early boot service.
132
133 * The internal systemd-pcrphase executable has been renamed to systemd-pcrextend.
134
135 * systemd-pcrextend now exposes a Varlink interface at io.systemd.PCRExtend
136 that can be used to do measurements and event logging on demand.
137
138 * TPM measurements are now also written to an event log at
139 /run/log/systemd/tpm2-measure.log, using the TCG Canonical Event Log
140 format, together with the existing journald entries.
141
142 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
143
144 * The 90-loaderentry kernel-install hook now supports installing device
145 trees.
146
147 * ukify is no longer considered experimental, and now ships in /usr/bin/.
148
149 * ukify gained a new verb, inspect, that describes the sections of a UKI
150 and print the content of the well-known sections.
151
152 * bootctl will now show whether the system was booted from a UKI in its
153 status output.
154
155 * systemd-boot and systemd-stub now use different project keys in their
156 respective SBAT sections, so that they can be revoked individually if
157 needed.
158
159 * systemd-boot will no longer load unverified Devicetree blobs when UEFI
160 SecureBoot is enabled. For more details see:
161 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/security/advisories/GHSA-6m6p-rjcq-334c
162
163 * systemd-boot gained new hotkeys to reboot and power off the system from
164 the boot menu.
165
166 * systemd-boot will now show auto-generated reboot and poweroff entries in
167 the boot menu.
168
169 * systemd-boot gained a new configuration value menu-disabled for the
170 set-timeout option, to allow completely disabling the boot menu,
171 including the hotkey.
172
173 * systemd-boot will now measure the content of loader.conf in PCR5.
174
175 * systemd-stub will now concatenate the content of all kernel command-line
176 addons before measuring them in PCR12, in a single measurement, instead
177 of measuring them individually.
178
179 * systemd-stub will now measure and load Devicetree Blob addons, which are
180 searched and loaded following the same model as the existing kernel
181 command-line addons.
182
183 * systemd-stub will now ignore unauthenticated kernel command line options
184 passed from systemd-boot when running inside Confidential VMs with UEFI
185 SecureBoot enabled.
186
187 systemd-repart:
188
189 * A new option --copy-from= that synthesizes partition definitions from
190 the given image, which are then applied to the systemd-repart algorithm,
191 has been added.
192
193 * A new option --copy-source= has been added, which can be used to specify
194 a directory to which CopyFiles= is considered relative to.
195
196 * New --make-ddi=confext, --make-ddi=sysext and --make-ddi=portable options
197 have been added to make it easier to generate these types of DDIs,
198 without having to provide repart.d definitions for them.
199
200 * The dm-verity salt and UUID will now be derived from the specified seed.
201
202 * New VerityDataBlockSizeBytes= and VerityHashBlockSizeBytes= can now be
203 configured in repart.d configuration files.
204
205 * A new Subvolumes= setting is now supported in repart.d configuration
206 files, to indicate which directories in the target partition should be
207 btrfs subvolumes.
208
209 Journal:
210
211 * The journalctl --lines= parameter now accepts +N to show the oldest N
212 entries instead of the newest.
213
214 Device Management:
215
216 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
217 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
218 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
219 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new
220 switch --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback
221 block device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and
222 can subsequently be referenced by that without first having to look
223 up the block device name the caller ended up with.
224
225 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
226 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
227 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
228 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
229 available to be found via that file's inode information.
230
231 * udevadm info gained support for JSON output via a new --json flag, and
232 for filtering output using the same mechanism that udevadm trigger
233 already implements.
234
235 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
236 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
237 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
238 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
239 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
240 scheme.
241
242 Network Management:
243
244 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
245 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
246 anyone.
247
248 * The 'prefixstable' ipv6 address generation mode now considers the
249 SSID when generating stable addresses, so that a different stable
250 address is used when roaming between wireless networks. If you
251 already use 'prefixstable' addresses with wireless networks, the
252 stable address chosen will be changed by the update.
253
254 * The DHCPv4 client gained a RapidCommit= option, default true, which
255 enables RFC4039 Rapid Commit behavior to obtain a lease in a
256 simplified 2-message exchange instead of the typical 4-message
257 exchange if also supported by the DHCP server.
258
259 * The DHCPv4 client gained new InitialCongestionWindow= and
260 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= options for route configurations.
261
262 * The DHCPv4 client gained a new RequestAddress= option that allows
263 to send a preferred IP address in the initial DHCPDISCOVER message.
264
265 * The DHCPv4 server and client gained support for IPv6-only mode
266 (RFC8925).
267
268 * The SendHostname= and Hostname= options are now available for the
269 DHCPv6 client, independent of the DHCPv4 option, so that these
270 configuration values can be set independently for each client.
271
272 * The DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 client state can now be queried via D-Bus,
273 including lease information.
274
275 * The DHCPv6 client can now be configured to use a custom DUID type.
276
277 * .network files gained a new IPv4ReversePathFilter= setting in the
278 [Network] section, to control sysctl's rp_filter setting.
279
280 * .network files gaiend a new HopLimit= setting in the [Route] section,
281 to configure a per-route hop limit.
282
283 * .network files gained a new TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec= setting in
284 the [Route] section, to configure a per-route TCP retransmission
285 timeout.
286
287 * A new directive NFTSet= provides a method for integrating network
288 configuration into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using
289 this setting is that static network configuration or dynamically
290 obtained network addresses can be used in firewall rules with the
291 indirection of NFT set types.
292
293 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section supports the following new options:
294 UsePREF64=, UseHopLimit=, UseICMP6RateLimit= and NFTSet=.
295
296 * The [IPv6SendRA] section supports the following new options:
297 RetransmitSec=, HopLimit=, HomeAgent=, HomeAgentLifetimeSec= and
298 HomeAgentPreference=.
299
300 * A new [IPv6PREF64Prefix] set of options, containing Prefix= and
301 LifetimeSec=, has been introduced to append pref64 options in router
302 advertisements (RFC8781).
303
304 * The network generator now configures the interfaces with only
305 link-local addressing if ip=link-local is specified on the kernel
306 command line.
307
308 Changes in systemd-analyze:
309
310 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
311 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
312 Requires=, and similar properties.
313
314 Other:
315
316 * A new varlinkctl tool has been added to allow interfacing with
317 Varlink services, and introspection has been added to all such
318 services.
319
320 * systemctl is-failed now checks the system state if no unit is
321 specified.
322
323 * systemctl will now automatically soft-reboot if a new root file
324 system has been setup in /run/nextroot/ when a reboot operation
325 is invoked.
326
327 * systemd-sysext and systemd-confext now expose a Varlink service
328 at io.systemd.sysext.
329
330 * wall messages now work even when utmp support is disabled, using
331 systemd-logind to query the necessary information.
332
333 * systemd-logind now sends a new PrepareForShutdownWithMetadata D-Bus
334 signal before shutdown/reboot/soft-reboot, that includes additional
335 information with respect to what PrepareForShutdown has. Currently
336 the additional information is the type of operation that is about to
337 be executed.
338
339 * systemd-sysupdate now accepts directories in the MatchPattern= option.
340
341 * systemd-run will now output the invocation ID of the launched
342 transient unit.
343
344 * systemd-analyze, systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-sysusers, systemd-sysctl,
345 and systemd-binfmt gained a new --tldr option that can be used in
346 combination with --cat-config to suppress uninteresting configuration
347 lines, such as comments.
348
349 * systemd-resolved gained a new DumpStatistics() Varlink method, and
350 resolvectl gained a new corresponding show-server-state verb that
351 calls it.
352
353 * systemd-timesyncd will now emit a D-Bus signal when the LinkNTPServers
354 property changes.
355
356 * vconsole now supports KEYMAP=@kernel for preserving the kernel keymap
357 as-is.
358
359 * The kernel and OS versions will no longer be checked on resume from
360 hibernation.
361
362 * seccomp now supports the LoongArch64 architecture.
363
364 * systemd-id128 now supports a new -P option to show only values, and
365 combining --app with the show verb.
366
367 * A new pam_systemd_loadkey.so PAM module is now available, which
368 allows automatically fetching the passphrase used by cryptsetup to
369 unlock the root file system and setting it as the PAM authtok. This
370 enables, among other things, configuring auto-unlock of the GNOME
371 Keyring / KDE Wallet when autologin is configured.
372
373 * Many meson options now use the 'feature' type, which means they
374 take enabled/disabled/auto as values.
375
376 * A new meson option configfiledir can be used to change where
377 configuration files with default values are installed to.
378
379 * Options and verbs in man pages are now tagged with the version they
380 were first introduced in.
381
382 Contributions from: 김인수, Abderrahim Kitouni, Adam Williamson,
383 Alexandre Peixoto Ferreira, Alex Hudspith, Alvin Alvarado,
384 André Paiusco, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Anton Lundin,
385 Arseny Maslennikov, Arthur Shau, Balázs Úr, beh_10257,
386 Benjamin Peterson, Bertrand Jacquin, Brian Norris, Chris Patterson,
387 Christian Hergert, Christian Hesse, Christian Kirbach,
388 commondservice, Curtis Klein, cvlc12, Daan De Meyer,
389 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman,
390 David Rheinsberg, David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon,
391 dependabot[bot], Dmitry V. Levin, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
392 Emil Renner Berthing, Emil Velikov, Etienne Dechamps, Fabian Vogt,
393 felixdoerre, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, G2-Games,
394 Gioele Barabucci, Hugo Carvalho, huyubiao, IllusionMan1212,
395 Jade Lovelace, janana, Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku,
396 Jin Liu, Joerg Behrmann, Johannes Segitz, Jordan Rome,
397 Jordan Williams, Julien Malka, Juno Computers, Khem Raj, khm,
398 Kingbom Dou, Kiran Vemula, Laszlo Gombos, Lennart Poettering,
399 Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles, Lukas, Maanya Goenka, Maarten,
400 Malte Poll, Marc Pervaz Boocha, Martin Beneš, Martin Wilck,
401 Mathieu Tortuyaux, Matthias Schiffer, Maxim Mikityanskiy,
402 Max Kellermann, Michael A Cassaniti, Michael Biebl, Michael Kuhn,
403 Michael Vasseur, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan,
404 Milton D. Miller II, mordner, msizanoen, NAHO, Nandakumar Raghavan,
405 Nick Rosbrook, NRK, Oğuz Ersen, Omojola Joshua, pelaufer,
406 Peter Hutterer, PhylLu, Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, Priit Laes,
407 Rahil Bhimjiani, Raito Bezarius, Raul Cheleguini, Reto Schneider,
408 Richard Maw, Robby Red, RoepLuke, Roland Hieber, Ronan Pigott,
409 Sam James, Sergey A, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
410 Takashi Sakamoto, Thorsten Kukuk, Tj, Tomasz Świątek,
411 Topi Miettinen, Valentin David, Valentin Lefebvre,
412 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Haupert, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
413 Warren, Xiaotian Wu, xinpeng wang, Yu Watanabe,
414 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
415
416 CHANGES WITH 254:
417
418 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
419
420 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
421 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
422 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
423 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
424 details, see:
425 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
426
427 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
428 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
429 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
430 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
431 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
432 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
433
434 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
435 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
436 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
437 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
438
439 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
440 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
441 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
442 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
443 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
444 user feedback.
445
446 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
447 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
448 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
449
450 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
451 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
452
453 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
454 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
455 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
456 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
457 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
458 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
459
460 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
461 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
462 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
463 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
464 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
465 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
466 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
467
468 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
469 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
470 release to be enabled by default.
471
472 Security Relevant Changes:
473
474 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
475 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
476 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
477 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
478 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
479 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
480 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
481 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
482 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
483 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
484 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
485 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
486 users.
487
488 Service Manager:
489
490 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
491 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
492 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
493 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
494 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
495 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
496
497 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
498 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
499 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
500 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
501 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
502 via the new --kill-value= option.
503
504 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
505 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
506 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
507
508 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
509 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
510 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
511 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
512
513 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
514 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
515 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
516
517 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
518 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
519 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
520 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
521 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
522 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
523 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
524 guest.
525
526 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
527 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
528 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
529 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
530 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
531 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
532
533 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
534 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
535 intervals for Restart=.
536
537 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
538 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
539 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
540 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
541 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
542 service state has converged.
543
544 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
545 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
546 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
547
548 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
549 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
550 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
551
552 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
553 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
554 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
555 the service manager.
556
557 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
558 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
559 store enabled.
560
561 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
562 allows tuning the life-cycle of the per-service file descriptor
563 store. If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even
564 after the service has been fully stopped.
565
566 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
567 a service.
568
569 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
570 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
571 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
572
573 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
574 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
575 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
576 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
577 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
578 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
579 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
580 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
581 now handled by PID 1.
582
583 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
584 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
585 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
586 dependencies.
587
588 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
589 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
590 a unit is enabled.
591
592 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
593 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
594 the default timeout for .device units.
595
596 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
597 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
598 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
599 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
600 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
601 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
602 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
603 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
604 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
605 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
606 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
607 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
608 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
609 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
610 command.
611
612 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
613 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
614 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
615 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
616 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
617 root filesystem.
618
619 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
620 same-page merging individually for services.
621
622 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
623 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
624 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
625
626 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
627 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
628 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
629 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
630 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
631
632 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
633 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
634 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
635 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
636
637 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
638 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
639 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
640 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
641 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
642 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
643 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
644 too.
645
646 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
647 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
648 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
649 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
650 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
651 world-readable from userspace.
652
653 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
654 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
655 machine ID was set yet on the host.
656
657 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
658 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
659 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
660 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
661 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
662 way.
663
664 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
665 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
666 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
667 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
668 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
669 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
670 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
671 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
672 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
673 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
674 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
675 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
676 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
677 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
678 untrusted in this particular setting.
679
680 Journal:
681
682 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
683 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
684 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
685 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
686 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
687
688 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
689 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
690 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
691
692 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
693 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
694
695 systemd-repart:
696
697 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
698 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
699
700 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
701 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
702
703 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
704 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
705 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
706 devices and device mapper or not.
707
708 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
709 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
710 ext4.
711
712 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
713 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
714 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
715 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
716 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
717
718 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
719 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
720 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
721
722 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
723
724 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
725 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
726 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
727
728 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
729 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
730 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
731 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
732 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
733 running OS.
734
735 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
736 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
737 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
738 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
739 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
740 TPM PCR 12.
741
742 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
743 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
744 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
745 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
746
747 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
748 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
749 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
750 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
751 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
752 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
753 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
754 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
755 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
756 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
757 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
758 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
759 well.
760
761 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
762 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
763
764 * ukify gained a new "genkey" verb for generating a set of of key pairs
765 to sign UKIs and their PCR data with.
766
767 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
768 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
769 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
770 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
771
772 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
773 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
774 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
775 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
776 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
777 of the same name.
778
779 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
780 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
781 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
782 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
783 built and signed by the vendor.)
784
785 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
786 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
787
788 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
789 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
790
791 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
792 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
793 software-emulated).
794
795 Memory Pressure & Control:
796
797 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
798 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
799 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
800 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
801 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
802 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
803 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
804 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
805 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
806 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
807 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
808 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
809 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
810 from this.
811
812 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
813 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
814 logic individually. If these options are used, the
815 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
816 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
817 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
818 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
819
820 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
821 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
822 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
823 call requires privileges.
824
825 User & Session Management:
826
827 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
828 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
829 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
830 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
831 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
832 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
833 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
834
835 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
836 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
837 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
838 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
839 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
840
841 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
842 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
843 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
844 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
845 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
846 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
847 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
848
849 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
850 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
851 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
852 for which a TTY is added later.
853
854 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
855 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
856 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
857 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
858 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
859 be specified.
860
861 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
862 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
863 also show the current idle state of sessions.
864
865 DDIs:
866
867 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
868 inspected DDI.
869
870 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
871 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
872 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
873 information and all other DDI features.
874
875 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
876
877 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
878 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
879 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
880 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
881
882 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
883 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
884 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
885 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
886 impact.
887
888 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
889 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
890 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
891 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
892 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
893 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
894 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
895 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
896 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
897 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
898 disk images a service runs off.
899
900 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
901 parse image policy strings.
902
903 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
904 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
905 image policy allows the DDI.
906
907 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
908 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
909 large images.
910
911 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
912 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
913
914 Network Management:
915
916 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
917 InheritInnerProtocol=.
918
919 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
920 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
921
922 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
923 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
924 name.
925
926 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
927 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
928 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
929 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
930 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
931
932 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
933 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
934
935 Device Management:
936
937 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
938 offline.
939
940 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
941 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
942 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
943
944 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
945
946 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
947 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
948 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
949 recommendations of TCG (see
950 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
951
952 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
953 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
954
955 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
956 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
957 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
958 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
959 volume.
960
961 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
962 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
963 of veracrypt volumes.
964
965 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
966 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
967 direct) for the volume.
968
969 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
970 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
971
972 systemd-tmpfiles:
973
974 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
975 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
976 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
977 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
978
979 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
980 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
981 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
982 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
983 target tree and those copied in.
984
985 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
986 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
987
988 systemd-notify:
989
990 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
991 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
992 explicit name for it).
993
994 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
995 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
996 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
997 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
998 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
999
1000 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
1001
1002 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
1003 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
1004 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
1005
1006 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
1007 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
1008 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
1009 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
1010 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
1011 purposes.
1012
1013 systemd-resolved:
1014
1015 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
1016 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
1017 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
1018 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
1019 more resilient in case of network problems.
1020
1021 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
1022 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
1023 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
1024
1025 Other:
1026
1027 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
1028
1029 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
1030 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
1031
1032 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
1033 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
1034 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
1035 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
1036 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
1037 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
1038 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
1039 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
1040
1041 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
1042 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
1043 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
1044 .network, .netdev, .link files.
1045
1046 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
1047 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
1048 Landlock.
1049
1050 * New documentation has been added:
1051
1052 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
1053 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
1054 smbios-type-11(7)
1055
1056 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
1057 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
1058
1059 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
1060 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
1061 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
1062 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
1063 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
1064 images into a single immutable tree.
1065
1066 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
1067 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
1068 network interface inside the container.
1069
1070 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
1071 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
1072 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
1073 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
1074 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
1075 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
1076 status to the host, similar to local processes.
1077
1078 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
1079 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
1080 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
1081 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
1082 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
1083 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
1084 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
1085 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
1086
1087 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
1088 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
1089 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
1090 mode.
1091
1092 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
1093 mount options by default.
1094
1095 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
1096 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
1097 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
1098 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
1099 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
1100 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
1101 lines to apply at boot.
1102
1103 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
1104 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
1105 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
1106 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
1107
1108 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
1109 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
1110 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
1111
1112 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
1113 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
1114 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
1115 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
1116 directories are automatically discovered.
1117
1118 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
1119 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
1120 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
1121 suspend or hibernation.
1122
1123 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
1124 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
1125 the OS.
1126
1127 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
1128 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
1129 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
1130 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
1131 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
1132
1133 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
1134 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
1135 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
1136
1137 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
1138 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
1139 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
1140 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
1141 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
1142 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
1143 systemd.battery-check=0 through the kernel command line.
1144
1145 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
1146 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
1147
1148 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
1149 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
1150 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1151 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
1152 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
1153 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
1154 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
1155 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
1156 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
1157 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
1158 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
1159 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
1160 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
1161 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
1162 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
1163 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
1164 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
1165 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
1166 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
1167 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
1168 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
1169 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
1170 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
1171 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
1172 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
1173 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
1174 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
1175 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
1176 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
1177 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
1178 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
1179 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
1180 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
1181 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
1182 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
1183 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
1184 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
1185 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
1186 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
1187 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
1188 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
1189 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
1190 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
1191 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
1192 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
1193 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
1194 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
1195 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1196
1197 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
1198
1199 CHANGES WITH 253:
1200
1201 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
1202
1203 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
1204 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
1205 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
1206 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
1207 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
1208 userspace has been ported over already.
1209
1210 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
1211 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
1212 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
1213 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
1214 For more details, see:
1215 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1216
1217 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
1218 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
1219 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
1220 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
1221 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
1222 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
1223 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
1224 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
1225 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
1226 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
1227 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
1228 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
1229 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
1230 later this year. For more details, see:
1231 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
1232
1233 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
1234
1235 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
1236 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
1237 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
1238 environment is not fully supported.
1239
1240 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
1241 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
1242 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
1243
1244 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
1245 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
1246
1247 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
1248 of newline-separated JSON objects.
1249
1250 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
1251 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
1252 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
1253 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
1254 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
1255 no effect for most users.
1256
1257 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
1258 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
1259 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
1260 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
1261 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
1262 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
1263 manager is also enabled and used.
1264
1265 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
1266 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
1267 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
1268 option.
1269
1270 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
1271 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
1272 integer as parameter instead of a string.
1273
1274 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
1275 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
1276 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
1277 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
1278 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
1279 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
1280 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
1281 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
1282 support and fixes.
1283
1284 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
1285 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
1286 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
1287 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
1288 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
1289 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
1290
1291 New components:
1292
1293 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
1294 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
1295 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
1296 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
1297 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
1298 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
1299 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
1300 image.
1301
1302 Changes in systemd and units:
1303
1304 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
1305 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
1306 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
1307 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
1308 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
1309 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
1310 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
1311
1312 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
1313 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
1314
1315 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
1316 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
1317 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
1318 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
1319 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
1320
1321 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
1322 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
1323 used).
1324
1325 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
1326 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
1327 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
1328 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
1329 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
1330 from units.
1331
1332 * The manager has a new
1333 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
1334 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
1335 PID recycling issues.
1336
1337 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
1338 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
1339 terminating some processes in the scope.
1340
1341 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
1342 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
1343
1344 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
1345 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
1346 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
1347 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
1348 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
1349 request is received over D-Bus.
1350
1351 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
1352 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
1353 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
1354 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
1355 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
1356
1357 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
1358 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
1359 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
1360 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
1361 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
1362 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
1363 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
1364 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
1365
1366 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
1367 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
1368 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
1369 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
1370 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
1371 socket.
1372
1373 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
1374 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
1375 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
1376 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
1377
1378 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
1379 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
1380 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
1381 Defaults to 5.
1382
1383 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
1384 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
1385
1386 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
1387 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
1388 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
1389 user units respectively.
1390
1391 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
1392 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
1393 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
1394 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
1395 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
1396 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
1397 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
1398 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
1399 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
1400 are used.)
1401
1402 Changes in udev:
1403
1404 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
1405 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
1406 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
1407 in some embedded systems.
1408
1409 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
1410 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
1411
1412 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
1413 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
1414 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
1415 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
1416
1417 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
1418 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
1419
1420 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
1421 that are being renamed.
1422
1423 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
1424
1425 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
1426 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
1427 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
1428 started.
1429
1430 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
1431 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
1432 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
1433 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
1434
1435 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
1436 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
1437 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
1438 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
1439
1440 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
1441 field-separated hashing scheme.
1442
1443 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
1444 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
1445 used.
1446
1447 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
1448 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
1449 into the firmware.
1450
1451 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
1452 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
1453 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
1454 behaviour.
1455
1456 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
1457 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
1458 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
1459 a virtual machine.
1460
1461 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
1462 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
1463 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
1464 boot load at all.
1465
1466 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
1467 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
1468 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
1469
1470 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
1471 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
1472 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
1473 UKIs.
1474
1475 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
1476 as for kernel-install.
1477
1478 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
1479 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
1480 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
1481
1482 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
1483 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
1484
1485 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
1486 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
1487 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
1488 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
1489 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
1490 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
1491
1492 Changes in kernel-install:
1493
1494 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
1495 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
1496 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
1497 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
1498 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
1499 separately.
1500
1501 Changes in systemctl:
1502
1503 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
1504 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
1505 --reboot-argument= option instead.
1506
1507 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
1508 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
1509 silences this warning.
1510
1511 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
1512 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
1513 used.)
1514
1515 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
1516
1517 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
1518
1519 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
1520 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
1521 comments.
1522
1523 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
1524
1525 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
1526 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
1527 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
1528 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
1529 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
1530 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
1531 of the raw socket bypass.
1532
1533 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
1534 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
1535 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
1536 advertisements (RAs).
1537
1538 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
1539 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
1540 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
1541
1542 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
1543 interface names.
1544
1545 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
1546 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
1547 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
1548 It is enabled by default.
1549
1550 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
1551 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
1552 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
1553
1554 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
1555
1556 Changes in systemd-dissect:
1557
1558 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
1559 all files and directories in a DDI.
1560
1561 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
1562 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
1563
1564 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
1565 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
1566 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
1567 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
1568
1569 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
1570 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
1571 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
1572 disk images.
1573
1574 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
1575 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
1576
1577 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
1578 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
1579
1580 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
1581 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
1582 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
1583 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
1584 system busy.
1585
1586 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
1587 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
1588 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
1589 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
1590 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
1591 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
1592 size among the other DDI information in its output.
1593
1594 Changes in systemd-repart:
1595
1596 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
1597 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
1598 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
1599 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
1600 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
1601 hash of the root partition).
1602
1603 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
1604 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
1605 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
1606 populating it.
1607
1608 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
1609 sector size should be used when an image is created.
1610
1611 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
1612 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
1613
1614 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
1615 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
1616 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
1617
1618 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
1619 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
1620 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
1621 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
1622 available.)
1623
1624 Changes in journal tools:
1625
1626 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
1627 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
1628 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
1629 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
1630 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
1631 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
1632
1633 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
1634 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
1635 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
1636 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
1637 installation scripts.
1638
1639 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
1640 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
1641 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
1642
1643 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
1644 components:
1645
1646 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
1647 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
1648 password was strictly required to be specified.
1649
1650 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
1651 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
1652 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
1653 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
1654 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
1655
1656 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
1657 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
1658 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
1659 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
1660 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1661
1662 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
1663 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
1664
1665 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
1666 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
1667 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
1668 specified via root=.
1669
1670 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
1671 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15. New
1672 service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
1673 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
1674 these switches during early boot.
1675
1676 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
1677 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
1678
1679 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
1680 making it harder to brute-force.
1681
1682 Changes in other tools:
1683
1684 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
1685 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
1686
1687 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
1688 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
1689 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
1690 systemd-homed formats a file system.
1691
1692 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
1693 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
1694 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
1695 unprivileged code to access those values.
1696
1697 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
1698 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
1699 this to show the status of the installed system.
1700
1701 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
1702 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
1703 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
1704 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
1705
1706 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
1707 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
1708 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
1709 synchronization via NTP.
1710
1711 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
1712 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
1713 increases in subsequent boots.
1714
1715 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
1716 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
1717 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
1718 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
1719
1720 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
1721 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
1722 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
1723 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
1724 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
1725 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
1726 standard location.
1727
1728 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
1729 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
1730 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
1731
1732 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
1733 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
1734 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
1735 127.0.0.54 is returned.
1736
1737 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
1738 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
1739 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
1740 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
1741
1742 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
1743 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
1744 --no-legend options have been added.
1745
1746 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
1747 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
1748
1749 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
1750 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
1751
1752 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
1753
1754 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
1755 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
1756 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
1757 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
1758 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
1759 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
1760
1761 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
1762 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
1763 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
1764 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
1765
1766 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
1767
1768 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
1769 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
1770
1771 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
1772 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
1773 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
1774 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
1775 does not need the output value.
1776
1777 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
1778 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
1779 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
1780 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
1781 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
1782 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
1783
1784 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
1785 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1786 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1787 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
1788 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1789
1790 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
1791 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
1792 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
1793
1794 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
1795 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
1796 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
1797 environment.
1798
1799 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
1800 virtualization is now detected.
1801
1802 Changes in the build system:
1803
1804 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
1805 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
1806
1807 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
1808 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
1809 supply.
1810
1811 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
1812
1813 Changes in the documentation:
1814
1815 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
1816 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
1817 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
1818
1819 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
1820 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
1821 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
1822 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
1823 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
1824 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
1825 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
1826 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
1827 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
1828 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
1829 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
1830 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
1831 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
1832 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
1833 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
1834 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
1835 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
1836 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
1837 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
1838 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
1839 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
1840 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
1841 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
1842 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
1843 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
1844 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
1845 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
1846 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
1847 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
1848 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1849 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
1850 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
1851 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
1852 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
1853 наб
1854
1855 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
1856
1857 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
1858
1859 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
1860
1861 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
1862 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
1863 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
1864 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
1865 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
1866 userspace has been ported over already.
1867
1868 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
1869 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
1870 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
1871 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
1872 For more details, see:
1873 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1874
1875 Compatibility Breaks:
1876
1877 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
1878 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
1879 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
1880 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
1881 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
1882 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
1883 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
1884 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
1885 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
1886 change.
1887
1888 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
1889 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
1890 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
1891 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
1892 already have been updated or removed.
1893
1894 New Features:
1895
1896 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
1897 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
1898 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
1899 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
1900 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
1901 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
1902 kernel.
1903
1904 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
1905 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
1906 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
1907 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
1908 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
1909 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
1910 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
1911 the booted UKI to gain access.
1912
1913 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
1914 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
1915 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
1916 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
1917 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
1918 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
1919
1920 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
1921 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
1922 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
1923 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
1924 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
1925 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
1926 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
1927 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
1928
1929 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
1930 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
1931 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
1932 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
1933 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
1934 initrd, but not later.)
1935
1936 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
1937
1938 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
1939 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
1940 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
1941 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
1942 the CPU.
1943
1944 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
1945 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
1946 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
1947 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
1948 release.
1949
1950 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
1951
1952 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
1953 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
1954 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
1955
1956 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
1957 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
1958 provided.
1959
1960 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
1961
1962 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
1963 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
1964 file.
1965
1966 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
1967 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
1968 activate.
1969
1970 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
1971 configured.
1972
1973 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
1974 SMBIOS fields. For example
1975
1976 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
1977
1978 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
1979 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
1980 quotes).
1981
1982 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
1983 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
1984 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
1985
1986 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
1987 associated service unit, if any.
1988
1989 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
1990 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
1991 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
1992 unsealed only in the initrd.
1993
1994 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
1995 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
1996
1997 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
1998 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
1999 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
2000 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
2001 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
2002 the host system as expected.
2003
2004 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
2005 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
2006 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
2007 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
2008
2009 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
2010 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
2011 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
2012
2013 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
2014 unmounted lazily.
2015
2016 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
2017 of file systems.
2018
2019 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
2020 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
2021 in the future.
2022
2023 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
2024 activating.
2025
2026 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
2027 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
2028 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
2029 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
2030
2031 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
2032 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
2033
2034 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
2035 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
2036 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
2037 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
2038 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
2039 than for behaviour decisions.
2040
2041 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
2042 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
2043
2044 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
2045 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
2046 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
2047
2048 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
2049
2050 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
2051 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
2052 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
2053 the main specification.
2054
2055 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
2056 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
2057 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
2058 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
2059
2060 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
2061 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
2062 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
2063
2064 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
2065 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
2066
2067 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
2068 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
2069 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
2070 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
2071 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
2072 the stub was executed.
2073
2074 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
2075 is now supported by sd-boot.
2076
2077 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
2078 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
2079 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
2080 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
2081 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
2082
2083 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
2084 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
2085
2086 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
2087 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
2088 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
2089 to detect and warn about this.
2090
2091 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
2092 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
2093 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
2094
2095 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
2096 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
2097 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
2098 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
2099
2100 Changes in the hardware database:
2101
2102 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
2103
2104 Changes in systemctl:
2105
2106 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
2107 and 'status' verbs.
2108
2109 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
2110 points.
2111
2112 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
2113 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
2114 which operates relative to some directory).
2115
2116 Changes in systemd-networkd:
2117
2118 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
2119 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
2120
2121 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
2122 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
2123
2124 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
2125 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
2126
2127 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
2128 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
2129 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
2130 interface is being serviced.
2131
2132 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
2133
2134 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
2135
2136 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
2137
2138 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
2139 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
2140 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
2141
2142 Changes in systemd-resolved:
2143
2144 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
2145 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
2146 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
2147 restarted at any point.
2148
2149 * systemd-resolved now exposes a Varlink socket at
2150 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
2151 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
2152 any clients connected to this socket.
2153
2154 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
2155
2156 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
2157 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
2158 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
2159
2160 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
2161 is still supported.)
2162
2163 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
2164
2165 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
2166 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
2167 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
2168 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
2169 string arrays).
2170
2171 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
2172 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
2173 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
2174 object.
2175
2176 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
2177 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
2178 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
2179
2180 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
2181 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
2182 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
2183
2184 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
2185 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
2186 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
2187
2188 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
2189 database given an explicit path to the file.
2190
2191 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
2192 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
2193 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
2194 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
2195 manually.
2196
2197 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
2198 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
2199 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
2200
2201 Changes in other components:
2202
2203 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
2204 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
2205
2206 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
2207 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
2208 'dpkg --compare-versions').
2209
2210 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
2211 names to limit the output to matching units.
2212
2213 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
2214 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
2215 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
2216 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
2217
2218 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
2219 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
2220 already exists.
2221
2222 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
2223 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
2224 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
2225
2226 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
2227 lines.
2228
2229 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
2230 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
2231
2232 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
2233 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
2234
2235 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
2236 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
2237
2238 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
2239 user when their system will become unsupported.
2240
2241 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
2242 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
2243 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
2244 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
2245
2246 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
2247 setting is unknown to the kernel.
2248
2249 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
2250 verbs.
2251
2252 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
2253 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
2254
2255 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
2256 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
2257 time delta between subsequent messages.
2258
2259 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
2260 of journal files.
2261
2262 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
2263 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
2264 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
2265
2266 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
2267 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
2268 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
2269 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
2270 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
2271 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
2272 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
2273
2274 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
2275 combination with --scope.
2276
2277 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
2278 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
2279 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
2280 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
2281 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
2282 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
2283 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
2284 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
2285 appropriate.
2286
2287 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
2288 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
2289 symlink.
2290
2291 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
2292 too.
2293
2294 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
2295 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
2296 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
2297 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
2298 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
2299
2300 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
2301 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
2302
2303 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
2304 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
2305 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
2306 split dm-verity artifacts.
2307
2308 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
2309 signatures.
2310
2311 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
2312 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
2313
2314 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
2315
2316 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
2317 now more compact.
2318
2319 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
2320
2321 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
2322
2323 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
2324 killed.
2325
2326 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
2327
2328 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
2329 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
2330
2331 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
2332 session after a preconfigure timeout.
2333
2334 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
2335 rather than indefinitely.
2336
2337 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
2338 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
2339 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
2340
2341 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
2342 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
2343 build can be reproducible.
2344
2345 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
2346 --initialized=no.
2347
2348 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
2349 "alias" fields for the device.
2350
2351 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
2352 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
2353
2354 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
2355
2356 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
2357 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
2358
2359 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
2360 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
2361 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
2362 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
2363 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
2364 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
2365 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
2366 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
2367 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
2368 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
2369
2370 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
2371
2372 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
2373 graphic cards.
2374
2375 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
2376 device is used as a keyfile.
2377
2378 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
2379 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
2380 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
2381 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
2382
2383 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
2384 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
2385 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
2386
2387 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
2388 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
2389
2390 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
2391 to MIT-0.
2392
2393 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
2394 /etc/machine-id.
2395
2396 Experimental features:
2397
2398 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
2399 and bpftool >= 7.0).
2400
2401 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
2402 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
2403 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
2404 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
2405 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
2406
2407 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
2408 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
2409 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
2410 tandem with the kernel.
2411
2412 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
2413 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
2414 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
2415 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
2416 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
2417 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
2418 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
2419 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
2420 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2421 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
2422 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
2423 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
2424 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
2425 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
2426 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
2427 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
2428 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
2429 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
2430 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
2431 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
2432 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
2433 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
2434 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
2435 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
2436 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
2437 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
2438 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
2439 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
2440 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
2441 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
2442 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
2443 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
2444 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2445 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
2446 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
2447 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
2448 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
2449 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
2450 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
2451 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
2452 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
2453 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
2454 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
2455 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
2456 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2457 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
2458 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
2459 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
2460
2461 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
2462
2463 CHANGES WITH 251:
2464
2465 Backwards-incompatible changes:
2466
2467 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
2468 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
2469
2470 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
2471 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
2472
2473 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
2474 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
2475 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
2476 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
2477 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
2478 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
2479
2480 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
2481 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
2482 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
2483
2484 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
2485 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
2486 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
2487 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
2488 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
2489 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
2490 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
2491
2492 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
2493 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
2494 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
2495 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
2496 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
2497 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
2498 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
2499 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
2500 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
2501 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
2502 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
2503 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
2504 systems, there should be no visible changes.
2505
2506 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
2507 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
2508 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
2509 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
2510 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
2511 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
2512 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
2513 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
2514 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
2515 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
2516 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
2517 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
2518
2519 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
2520 of pcap.
2521
2522 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
2523 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
2524 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
2525 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
2526
2527 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
2528
2529 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
2530 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
2531 It is apparently used by the linker now.
2532
2533 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
2534 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
2535 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
2536
2537 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
2538 to account for this change.
2539
2540 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
2541 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
2542 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
2543
2544 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
2545
2546 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2547 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
2548 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
2549 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
2550 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
2551 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
2552 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
2553 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
2554 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
2555 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
2556 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
2557 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
2558 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
2559 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
2560 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
2561 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
2562
2563 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
2564 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
2565 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
2566 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
2567 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
2568
2569 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
2570 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
2571 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
2572 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
2573 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
2574 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
2575
2576 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
2577 systemd-boot boot loader.
2578
2579 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
2580 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
2581 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
2582 allows choosing different initrd generators.
2583
2584 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
2585 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2586 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
2587 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
2588 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
2589 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
2590 prepared successfully.
2591
2592 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
2593 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
2594 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
2595 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
2596 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
2597 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
2598
2599 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
2600 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
2601 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
2602 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
2603
2604 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
2605 paths and other settings used.
2606
2607 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
2608 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
2609 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
2610
2611 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
2612 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
2613 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
2614 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
2615 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
2616
2617 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
2618 menu entries in JSON format.
2619
2620 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
2621 omit output with the new option --quiet.
2622
2623 Changes in systemd-homed:
2624
2625 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
2626 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
2627 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
2628 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
2629 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
2630 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
2631 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
2632 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
2633 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
2634 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
2635 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
2636 uses, see:
2637
2638 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
2639
2640 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
2641 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
2642 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
2643 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
2644 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
2645 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
2646 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
2647 context of the local system.
2648
2649 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
2650 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
2651 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
2652 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
2653 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
2654 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
2655 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
2656 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
2657 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
2658
2659 Changes in shared libraries:
2660
2661 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
2662 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
2663 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
2664 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
2665
2666 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
2667 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
2668 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
2669 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
2670 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
2671 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
2672 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
2673 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
2674 the library.
2675
2676 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
2677 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
2678 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
2679
2680 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
2681 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
2682 object from a device node name or file system path.
2683
2684 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
2685 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
2686 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
2687 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
2688 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
2689 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
2690 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
2691 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
2692
2693 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
2694
2695 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
2696 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
2697 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
2698 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
2699 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
2700 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
2701
2702 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
2703 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
2704 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
2705 disk image files.)
2706
2707 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
2708
2709 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
2710 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
2711 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
2712 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
2713 manager.
2714
2715 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
2716
2717 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
2718 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
2719 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
2720
2721 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
2722 systemd-oomd.
2723
2724 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
2725 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
2726 unit files.
2727
2728 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
2729 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
2730
2731 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
2732 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
2733
2734 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
2735 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
2736 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
2737 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
2738 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
2739 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
2740 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
2741 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
2742
2743 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
2744 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
2745 Condition*= settings.
2746
2747 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
2748 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
2749
2750 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
2751 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
2752 assign to each cgroup.
2753
2754 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
2755 devices and the associated governor, via the new
2756 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
2757 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
2758
2759 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
2760 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
2761
2762 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
2763 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
2764 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
2765
2766 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
2767 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
2768 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
2769 range
2770
2771 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
2772 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
2773 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
2774 been completed.
2775
2776 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
2777 environment variables set describing the execution context a
2778 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
2779 system service manager, or from the per-user service
2780 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
2781 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
2782 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
2783 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
2784 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
2785 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
2786 kernel is built for.
2787
2788 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
2789 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
2790 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
2791 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
2792 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
2793 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
2794 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
2795 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
2796 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
2797 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
2798 this way can be turned off via the new
2799 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
2800
2801 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
2802 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
2803 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
2804 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
2805 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
2806 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
2807 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
2808 up automatically.
2809
2810 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
2811 document:
2812
2813 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
2814
2815 Changes in systemd-journald:
2816
2817 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
2818 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
2819
2820 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
2821
2822 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
2823 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
2824
2825 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
2826 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
2827
2828 Changes in udev:
2829
2830 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
2831 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
2832 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
2833 default.
2834
2835 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
2836 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
2837
2838 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
2839 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
2840
2841 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
2842 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
2843 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
2844 initialized yet, respectively.
2845
2846 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
2847 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
2848 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
2849 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
2850 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
2851
2852 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
2853 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
2854 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
2855 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
2856
2857 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
2858 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
2859
2860 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
2861 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
2862
2863 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
2864 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
2865 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
2866 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
2867 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
2868 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
2869 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
2870 the one in the symlink path.
2871
2872 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
2873
2874 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
2875 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
2876 only supported in .network files.
2877
2878 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
2879 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
2880
2881 Changes in systemd-networkd:
2882
2883 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
2884 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
2885 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
2886 still honored.
2887
2888 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
2889 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
2890 up.
2891
2892 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
2893 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
2894
2895 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
2896 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
2897
2898 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
2899 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
2900
2901 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
2902
2903 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
2904 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
2905 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
2906 address.
2907
2908 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
2909 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
2910 mode).
2911
2912 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
2913 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
2914
2915 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
2916 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
2917 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
2918 PXE boot).
2919
2920 Changes in systemd-resolved:
2921
2922 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
2923 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
2924 there.
2925
2926 Changes in disk encryption:
2927
2928 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
2929 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
2930 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
2931
2932 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
2933
2934 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
2935 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
2936 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
2937
2938 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
2939 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
2940 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
2941
2942 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
2943
2944 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
2945 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
2946
2947 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
2948 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
2949 hostnamed.
2950
2951 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
2952 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
2953 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
2954 firmware version of the system.
2955
2956 Changes in other components:
2957
2958 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
2959 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
2960 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
2961 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
2962 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
2963
2964 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
2965 list of known users.
2966
2967 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
2968 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
2969 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
2970
2971 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
2972 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
2973
2974 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
2975 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
2976 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
2977 a device found.
2978
2979 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
2980 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
2981 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
2982 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
2983 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
2984 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
2985 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
2986
2987 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
2988 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
2989 $TERM).
2990
2991 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
2992 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
2993 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
2994 $ meson build systemd-boot
2995 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
2996 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
2997
2998 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
2999 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
3000 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
3001 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
3002 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
3003
3004 Experimental features:
3005
3006 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
3007 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
3008 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
3009 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
3010 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
3011 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
3012 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
3013 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
3014 compatibility with the current implementation.
3015
3016 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
3017 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
3018 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
3019 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
3020
3021 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
3022 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
3023 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
3024 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
3025 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
3026 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
3027 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
3028 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
3029 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
3030 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
3031 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3032 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
3033 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
3034 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
3035 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3036 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
3037 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
3038 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
3039 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
3040 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
3041 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
3042 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
3043 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
3044 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
3045 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
3046 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
3047 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
3048 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
3049 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
3050 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
3051 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
3052 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
3053 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
3054 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
3055 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
3056 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
3057 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
3058
3059 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
3060
3061 CHANGES WITH 250:
3062
3063 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
3064 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
3065 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
3066 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
3067 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
3068 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
3069 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
3070 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
3071 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
3072 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
3073 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
3074
3075 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
3076 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
3077 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
3078 installation or hardware.
3079
3080 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
3081 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
3082
3083 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
3084 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
3085 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
3086 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
3087 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
3088 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
3089 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
3090
3091 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
3092 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
3093 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
3094 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
3095 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
3096 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
3097 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
3098 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
3099 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
3100 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
3101 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
3102 drop-in file mechanism).
3103
3104 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
3105 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
3106 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
3107 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
3108 service, or attached as system extension.
3109
3110 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
3111 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
3112 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
3113 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
3114 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
3115
3116 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
3117 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
3118 are supported.
3119
3120 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
3121 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
3122 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
3123 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
3124 systemd-binfmtd is running.
3125
3126 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
3127 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
3128 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
3129 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
3130 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
3131 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
3132 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
3133 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
3134 does not trigger any operation by default.
3135
3136 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
3137 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
3138 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
3139 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
3140 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
3141 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
3142 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
3143 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
3144
3145 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
3146 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
3147 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
3148 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
3149 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
3150
3151 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
3152 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
3153 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
3154 request this behavior.
3155
3156 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
3157 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
3158 time-out for the boot.
3159
3160 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
3161 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
3162 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
3163 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
3164 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
3165 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
3166 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
3167 system services or the managers themselves.
3168
3169 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
3170 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
3171 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
3172 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
3173 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
3174 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
3175 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
3176 group handles).
3177
3178 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
3179 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
3180
3181 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
3182 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
3183 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
3184 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
3185 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
3186 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
3187 vs. CPUWeight.
3188
3189 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
3190 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
3191 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
3192 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
3193 during boot and shutdown.
3194
3195 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
3196 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
3197 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
3198 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
3199 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
3200 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
3201
3202 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
3203 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
3204
3205 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
3206 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
3207
3208 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
3209 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
3210
3211 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
3212 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
3213 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
3214 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
3215 variable passed to invoked processes.
3216
3217 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
3218 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
3219 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
3220
3221 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
3222 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
3223 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
3224 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
3225 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
3226 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
3227 names.
3228
3229 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
3230 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
3231 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
3232 dimensions to a virtual machine.
3233
3234 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
3235 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
3236 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
3237 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
3238 cgroup instead.
3239
3240 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
3241 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
3242 mounting the autofs instance.
3243
3244 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
3245 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
3246 during build-time.
3247
3248 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
3249 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
3250 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
3251 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
3252 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
3253 socket units.
3254
3255 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
3256 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
3257 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
3258
3259 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
3260 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
3261 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
3262 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
3263 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
3264 trust as SHA256 banks.
3265
3266 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
3267 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
3268 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
3269 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
3270
3271 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
3272 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
3273 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
3274 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
3275 instead.
3276
3277 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
3278 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
3279 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
3280 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
3281
3282 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
3283 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
3284 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
3285 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
3286 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
3287 root partition.
3288
3289 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
3290 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
3291 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
3292 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
3293 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
3294 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
3295
3296 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
3297 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
3298 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
3299 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
3300 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
3301
3302 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
3303 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
3304
3305 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
3306 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
3307
3308 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
3309 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
3310 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
3311 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
3312 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
3313 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
3314 and how to trigger it.
3315
3316 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
3317 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
3318 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
3319 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
3320 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
3321 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
3322 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
3323 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
3324 batteries.
3325
3326 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
3327 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
3328 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
3329 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
3330 against abnormal system shutdown.
3331
3332 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
3333 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
3334 directory/image instead of on the host.
3335
3336 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
3337 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
3338 actually is.
3339
3340 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
3341 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
3342 or recursively any dependent units.
3343
3344 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
3345 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
3346 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
3347 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
3348 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
3349 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
3350 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
3351 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
3352 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
3353 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
3354 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
3355
3356 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
3357
3358 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
3359 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
3360 "filesystems" commands.
3361
3362 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
3363 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
3364 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
3365 through them.
3366
3367 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
3368 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
3369 including the build-id and other info described on:
3370 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
3371
3372 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
3373 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
3374 interfaces.
3375
3376 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
3377 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
3378
3379 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
3380 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
3381 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
3382 CAN timing quanta.
3383
3384 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
3385 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
3386 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
3387 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
3388 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
3389 CAN interface.
3390
3391 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
3392 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
3393 addresses.
3394
3395 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
3396 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
3397 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
3398
3399 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
3400 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
3401 DHCP 6RD option.
3402
3403 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
3404 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
3405 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
3406
3407 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
3408 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
3409
3410 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
3411 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
3412 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
3413
3414 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
3415 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
3416 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
3417 records.
3418
3419 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
3420 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
3421 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
3422 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
3423 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
3424
3425 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
3426 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
3427 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
3428 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
3429 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
3430 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
3431 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
3432 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
3433
3434 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
3435 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
3436
3437 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
3438 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
3439 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
3440
3441 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
3442 setting to specify the router address.
3443
3444 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
3445 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
3446 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
3447 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
3448
3449 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
3450 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
3451 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
3452 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
3453 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
3454
3455 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
3456 interfaces has been improved.
3457
3458 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
3459 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
3460 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
3461 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
3462
3463 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
3464 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
3465 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
3466
3467 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
3468 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
3469 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
3470
3471 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
3472 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
3473 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
3474 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
3475
3476 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
3477 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
3478 hardware supports.
3479
3480 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
3481 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
3482
3483 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
3484 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
3485 that supports this.
3486
3487 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
3488 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
3489 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
3490 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
3491 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
3492 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
3493 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
3494
3495 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
3496 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
3497 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
3498 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
3499 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
3500 the performance win is beneficial.
3501
3502 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
3503 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
3504
3505 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
3506 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
3507 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
3508 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
3509 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
3510 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
3511 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
3512 taken to shift them manually.
3513
3514 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
3515 show the Windows version.
3516
3517 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
3518 build-time.
3519
3520 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
3521 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
3522 resolutions and save the last selection.
3523
3524 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
3525 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
3526 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
3527 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
3528
3529 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
3530 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
3531 items).
3532
3533 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
3534 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
3535 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
3536 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
3537 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
3538
3539 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
3540 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
3541 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
3542
3543 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
3544 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
3545 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
3546 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
3547 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
3548
3549 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
3550 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
3551 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
3552 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
3553 kernel image.
3554
3555 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
3556 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
3557
3558 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
3559 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
3560 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
3561 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
3562 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
3563 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
3564 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
3565 credentials, see above).
3566
3567 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
3568 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
3569 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
3570
3571 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
3572 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
3573 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
3574 Specification Type #2.
3575
3576 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
3577 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
3578 non-x86 architectures.
3579
3580 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
3581 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
3582 or just the subsequent boot).
3583
3584 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
3585 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
3586 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
3587 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
3588 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
3589 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
3590 layout specified in
3591 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
3592 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
3593 values for this variable.
3594
3595 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
3596 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
3597 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
3598 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
3599 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
3600 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
3601 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
3602 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
3603 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
3604 machine-id.
3605
3606 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
3607 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
3608 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
3609 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
3610 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
3611 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
3612 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
3613 without conflict.
3614
3615 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
3616 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
3617 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
3618 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
3619 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
3620 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
3621 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
3622 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
3623 installations that use the bls layout.
3624
3625 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
3626
3627 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
3628 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
3629 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
3630 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
3631 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
3632 attached under a wrong name this way.
3633
3634 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
3635 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
3636 default 'add').
3637
3638 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
3639 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
3640
3641 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
3642 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
3643 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
3644 be accessible to regular users.
3645
3646 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
3647 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
3648 they point (front or back).
3649
3650 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
3651 added to hwdb.
3652
3653 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
3654 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
3655
3656 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
3657 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
3658 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
3659 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
3660 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
3661 sources to introduce new named schemes.
3662
3663 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
3664 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
3665
3666 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
3667 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
3668 support).
3669
3670 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
3671 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
3672 --cgroup-id= switches.)
3673
3674 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
3675 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
3676
3677 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
3678 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
3679 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
3680
3681 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
3682 forked, sandboxed process.
3683
3684 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
3685 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
3686 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
3687 reason it was not tried again.
3688
3689 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
3690 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
3691 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
3692 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
3693 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
3694 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
3695
3696 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
3697 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
3698 homectl switch.
3699
3700 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
3701 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
3702 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
3703 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
3704 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
3705 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
3706 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
3707 system trees is no longer necessary.
3708
3709 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
3710 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
3711 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
3712
3713 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
3714 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
3715 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
3716 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
3717 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
3718 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
3719
3720 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
3721 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
3722 by default.
3723
3724 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
3725 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
3726 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
3727 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
3728 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
3729 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
3730
3731 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
3732 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
3733 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
3734 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
3735 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
3736 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
3737 precisely.
3738
3739 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
3740 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
3741 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
3742 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
3743 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
3744 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
3745 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
3746 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
3747 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
3748
3749 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
3750 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
3751 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
3752 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
3753 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
3754 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
3755 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
3756 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
3757 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
3758 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
3759 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
3760 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
3761
3762 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
3763 to use when outputting user or group records.
3764
3765 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
3766 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
3767 record resolution logic.
3768
3769 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
3770 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
3771 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
3772 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
3773 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
3774 other also configured in the command line.
3775
3776 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
3777 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
3778 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
3779 watch.
3780
3781 * The sd-event API gained a new function
3782 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
3783 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
3784 leaves the rate limiting phase.
3785
3786 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
3787 to port systemd to a new architecture:
3788
3789 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
3790
3791 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
3792 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
3793
3794 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
3795 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
3796 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
3797 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
3798 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
3799 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
3800 shutdown.
3801
3802 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
3803 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
3804 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
3805 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
3806 environments.
3807
3808 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
3809 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
3810 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
3811 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
3812 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
3813 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
3814 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
3815 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
3816 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
3817 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
3818 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
3819
3820 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
3821 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
3822 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
3823 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
3824
3825 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
3826 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
3827
3828 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
3829
3830 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
3831 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
3832 appropriate primary group.
3833
3834 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
3835
3836 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
3837
3838 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
3839 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
3840 work.
3841
3842 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
3843 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
3844
3845 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
3846 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
3847
3848 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
3849 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
3850
3851 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
3852 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
3853 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
3854 that have compression enabled.
3855
3856 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
3857 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
3858 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
3859 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
3860
3861 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
3862 messages.
3863
3864 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
3865 corruption.
3866
3867 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
3868 scheduled shutdown.
3869
3870 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
3871 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
3872 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
3873 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
3874
3875 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
3876 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
3877 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
3878 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
3879 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
3880 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
3881 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
3882 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
3883 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
3884 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
3885 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
3886 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
3887 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
3888 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
3889 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
3890 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
3891 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
3892 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
3893 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
3894 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
3895 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
3896 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
3897 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
3898 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
3899 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
3900 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
3901 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
3902 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
3903 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
3904 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
3905 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
3906 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
3907 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
3908 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
3909 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
3910 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
3911 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
3912 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
3913 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
3914 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
3915 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
3916 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
3917 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
3918 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
3919 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
3920 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3921
3922 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
3923
3924 CHANGES WITH 249:
3925
3926 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
3927 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
3928 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
3929 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
3930 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
3931 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
3932 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
3933 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
3934 a matching version identifier.
3935
3936 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
3937 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
3938 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
3939 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
3940 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
3941 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
3942 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
3943 during first boot. Example:
3944
3945 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
3946
3947 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
3948 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
3949 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
3950 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
3951 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
3952
3953 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
3954 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
3955 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
3956 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
3957 /etc/).
3958
3959 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
3960 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
3961 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
3962 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
3963
3964 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
3965 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
3966 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
3967 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
3968 systemd-sysusers tools.
3969
3970 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
3971 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
3972 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
3973 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
3974 itself.
3975
3976 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
3977 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
3978 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
3979 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
3980 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
3981 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
3982 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
3983 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
3984 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
3985 immediately, even in read-only mode.
3986
3987 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
3988 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
3989 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
3990 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
3991 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
3992
3993 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
3994 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
3995 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
3996 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
3997 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
3998
3999 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
4000 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
4001 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
4002 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
4003 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
4004 specifiers.
4005
4006 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
4007 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
4008 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
4009 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
4010
4011 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
4012 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
4013 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
4014 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
4015 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
4016 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
4017 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
4018 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
4019 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
4020 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
4021 information, see:
4022
4023 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
4024
4025 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
4026 (IEEE 1394).
4027
4028 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
4029 backwards-incompatible changes:
4030
4031 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
4032 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
4033 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
4034 number.
4035
4036 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
4037 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
4038 where values up to 65535 are used.
4039
4040 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
4041
4042 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
4043 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
4044 command line parameter.
4045
4046 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
4047 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
4048 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
4049
4050 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
4051 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
4052 the udev device first appeared in the database.
4053
4054 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
4055 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
4056 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
4057 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
4058 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
4059 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
4060 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
4061 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
4062 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
4063 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
4064 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
4065 uevent.
4066
4067 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
4068 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
4069 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
4070 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
4071 index.
4072
4073 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
4074 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
4075 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
4076 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
4077 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
4078 for that official:
4079
4080 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
4081
4082 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
4083 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
4084 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
4085 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
4086 services into them.
4087
4088 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
4089 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
4090 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
4091 available on private domains.
4092
4093 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
4094
4095 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
4096 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
4097 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
4098
4099 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
4100 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
4101 connectivity.
4102
4103 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
4104 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
4105 consider an interface "online".
4106
4107 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
4108 information.
4109
4110 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
4111 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
4112
4113 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
4114 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
4115
4116 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
4117 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
4118 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
4119 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
4120
4121 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
4122 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
4123 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
4124 before.
4125
4126 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
4127 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
4128 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
4129 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
4130
4131 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
4132 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
4133 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
4134
4135 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
4136 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
4137 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
4138 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
4139 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
4140 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
4141 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
4142
4143 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
4144 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
4145 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
4146 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
4147 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
4148 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
4149 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
4150 compatibility.)
4151
4152 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
4153 files.
4154
4155 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
4156 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
4157 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
4158 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
4159
4160 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
4161 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
4162 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
4163 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
4164 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
4165 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
4166
4167 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
4168 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
4169 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
4170 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
4171 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
4172 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
4173 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
4174 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
4175 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
4176 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
4177 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
4178 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
4179 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
4180 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
4181 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
4182
4183 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4184
4185 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
4186 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
4187 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
4188 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
4189 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
4190 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
4191 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
4192
4193 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
4194 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
4195 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
4196 via BPF.
4197
4198 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
4199 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
4200 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
4201 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
4202
4203 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
4204 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
4205 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
4206 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
4207 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
4208 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
4209
4210 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
4211 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
4212 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
4213 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
4214 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
4215 program code that can consume JSON.
4216
4217 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
4218 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
4219
4220 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
4221 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
4222 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
4223 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
4224 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
4225 continue to be supported for compatibility.
4226
4227 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
4228 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
4229
4230 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
4231 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
4232 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
4233 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
4234 level.
4235
4236 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
4237 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
4238 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
4239 Type 1 boot loader entries.
4240
4241 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
4242 may be specified now.
4243
4244 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
4245 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
4246 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
4247 an interactive user is generally not present.
4248
4249 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
4250 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
4251 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
4252 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
4253 asterisks.)
4254
4255 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
4256 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
4257 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
4258 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
4259 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
4260 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
4261 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
4262 used FIDO2 token.
4263
4264 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
4265 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
4266 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
4267 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
4268 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
4269 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
4270 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
4271
4272 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
4273 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
4274 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
4275 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
4276 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
4277 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
4278 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
4279 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
4280 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
4281 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
4282 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
4283 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
4284 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
4285 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
4286 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
4287 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
4288 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
4289 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
4290 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
4291 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
4292 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
4293 privileges on the host).
4294
4295 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
4296 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
4297 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
4298
4299 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
4300 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
4301 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
4302 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
4303 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
4304 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
4305 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
4306 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
4307 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
4308
4309 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
4310 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
4311 user database lookups.
4312
4313 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
4314 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
4315 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
4316 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
4317 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
4318 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
4319 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
4320 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
4321 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
4322 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
4323 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
4324 is trivially simple.
4325
4326 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
4327 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
4328 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
4329 Journal records.
4330
4331 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
4332 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
4333 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
4334 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
4335 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
4336 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
4337 units that are members of a slice.
4338
4339 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
4340 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
4341 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
4342 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
4343
4344 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
4345 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
4346 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
4347 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
4348 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
4349 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
4350
4351 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
4352 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
4353 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
4354 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
4355 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
4356 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
4357 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
4358 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
4359 another unit that intends to uphold it.
4360
4361 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
4362 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
4363
4364 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
4365 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
4366 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
4367
4368 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
4369 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
4370 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
4371 characters literally.
4372
4373 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
4374 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
4375 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
4376 switch.
4377
4378 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
4379 the systemd source code tree:
4380
4381 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
4382
4383 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
4384 the initrd.
4385
4386 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
4387 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
4388 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
4389
4390 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
4391 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
4392 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
4393 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
4394
4395 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
4396 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
4397 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
4398 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
4399 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
4400 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
4401 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
4402 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
4403
4404 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
4405 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
4406
4407 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
4408 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
4409 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
4410 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
4411
4412 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
4413 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
4414 generation.
4415
4416 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
4417 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
4418 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
4419
4420 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
4421 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
4422
4423 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
4424 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
4425 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
4426
4427 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
4428 setting a network timeout time.
4429
4430 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
4431 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
4432 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
4433
4434 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
4435 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
4436 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
4437 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
4438 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
4439 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
4440 that.
4441
4442 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
4443 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
4444 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
4445 events in a short time window.
4446
4447 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
4448 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
4449 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
4450 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
4451 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
4452 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
4453 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
4454 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
4455 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
4456 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
4457 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
4458 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
4459 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
4460 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
4461 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
4462 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
4463 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
4464 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
4465 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
4466 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
4467 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
4468 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
4469 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
4470 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
4471 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
4472 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
4473 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
4474 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
4475 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
4476 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
4477 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
4478
4479 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
4480
4481 CHANGES WITH 248:
4482
4483 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
4484 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
4485 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
4486 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
4487 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
4488 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
4489
4490 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
4491 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
4492 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
4493
4494 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
4495 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
4496 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
4497
4498 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
4499 supported system extension level.
4500
4501 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
4502 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
4503 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
4504 constraints.
4505
4506 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
4507 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
4508 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
4509
4510 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
4511 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
4512 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
4513 similar to /etc/crypttab.
4514
4515 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
4516 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
4517
4518 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
4519 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
4520 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
4521 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
4522 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
4523
4524 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
4525 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
4526 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
4527 user.
4528
4529 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
4530 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
4531 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
4532 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
4533 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
4534 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
4535 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
4536 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
4537
4538 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
4539 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
4540 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
4541 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
4542 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
4543
4544 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
4545 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
4546 D-Bus properties.
4547
4548 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
4549 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
4550 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
4551 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
4552 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
4553 shows this in the status output.
4554
4555 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
4556 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
4557 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
4558 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
4559 the need for configuration in an external file.
4560
4561 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
4562 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
4563 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
4564
4565 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
4566 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
4567 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
4568
4569 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
4570 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
4571 them. See:
4572
4573 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
4574
4575 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
4576
4577 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
4578 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
4579 dependency.
4580
4581 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
4582 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
4583 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
4584
4585 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
4586 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
4587 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
4588 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
4589 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
4590 output and such.
4591
4592 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
4593 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
4594
4595 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
4596 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
4597
4598 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
4599 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
4600 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
4601 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
4602
4603 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
4604 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
4605 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
4606 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
4607
4608 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
4609 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
4610 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
4611
4612 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
4613 IPC namespace.
4614
4615 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
4616 generated from kernel lists exported on
4617 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
4618
4619 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
4620 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
4621 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
4622
4623 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
4624 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
4625 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
4626 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
4627
4628 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
4629 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
4630 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
4631
4632 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
4633 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
4634 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
4635 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
4636
4637 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
4638 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
4639
4640 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
4641 noexec for parts of the file system.
4642
4643 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
4644 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
4645 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
4646 systemctl and similar tools:
4647
4648 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
4649
4650 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
4651 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
4652 the host itself is connected to
4653
4654 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
4655
4656 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
4657 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
4658 parameter: the message to send.
4659
4660 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
4661 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
4662 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
4663
4664 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
4665 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
4666
4667 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
4668 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
4669
4670 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
4671 queue to be configured.
4672
4673 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
4674 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
4675 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
4676
4677 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
4678 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
4679 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
4680 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
4681 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
4682 .network files.
4683
4684 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
4685 switch to select the routing policy table.
4686
4687 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
4688 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
4689
4690 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
4691 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
4692 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
4693 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
4694 added.
4695
4696 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
4697 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
4698
4699 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
4700 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
4701
4702 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
4703 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
4704 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
4705 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
4706
4707 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
4708 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
4709 devices.
4710
4711 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
4712 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
4713 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
4714
4715 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
4716 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
4717 even a single device.
4718
4719 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
4720 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
4721 systems.
4722
4723 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
4724 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
4725
4726 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
4727 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
4728 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
4729 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
4730 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
4731
4732 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
4733 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
4734
4735 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
4736 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
4737 libfprint.
4738
4739 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
4740 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
4741 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
4742 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
4743 the upstream server.
4744
4745 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
4746 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
4747 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
4748 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
4749 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
4750 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
4751 anyway.
4752
4753 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
4754 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
4755 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
4756
4757 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
4758 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
4759 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
4760 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
4761 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
4762 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
4763 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
4764 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
4765 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
4766 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
4767 lookup.
4768
4769 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
4770 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
4771 capabilities passed to the container payload.
4772
4773 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
4774 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
4775 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
4776 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
4777 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
4778 IPv4-only).
4779
4780 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
4781 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
4782 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
4783
4784 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
4785 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
4786
4787 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
4788 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
4789 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
4790 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
4791 units.
4792
4793 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
4794 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
4795 operation, but it is still recommended.
4796
4797 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
4798 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
4799
4800 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
4801 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
4802
4803 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
4804 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
4805 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
4806
4807 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
4808 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
4809 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
4810
4811 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
4812 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
4813 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
4814 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
4815 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
4816 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
4817 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
4818 imported into the manager environment block.
4819
4820 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
4821 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
4822 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
4823
4824 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
4825 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
4826 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
4827 reloaded "↻".
4828
4829 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
4830 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
4831 a simple JSON format.
4832
4833 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
4834 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
4835 process signals and their numbers.
4836
4837 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
4838
4839 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
4840 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
4841
4842 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
4843 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
4844 colors are used in output.
4845
4846 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
4847 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
4848 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
4849 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
4850 disable this output again.
4851
4852 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
4853 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
4854 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
4855 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
4856
4857 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
4858 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
4859 recommended.
4860
4861 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
4862 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
4863 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
4864 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
4865 the keymap file first.
4866
4867 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
4868
4869 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
4870 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
4871 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
4872
4873 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
4874 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
4875 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
4876 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
4877
4878 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
4879 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
4880 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
4881 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
4882 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
4883 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
4884
4885 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
4886 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
4887 headers/legends.
4888
4889 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
4890 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
4891 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
4892 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
4893 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
4894 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
4895 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
4896 operations at a later step at once.
4897
4898 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
4899 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
4900 to regular strings.
4901
4902 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
4903 and measured the boot process into it.
4904
4905 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
4906 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
4907 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
4908 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
4909
4910 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
4911 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
4912 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
4913 it assigns the container a cgroup.
4914
4915 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
4916 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
4917
4918 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
4919 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
4920
4921 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
4922 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
4923 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
4924 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
4925 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
4926 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
4927 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
4928 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
4929 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
4930 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
4931 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
4932 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
4933 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
4934 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
4935 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
4936 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
4937 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
4938 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
4939 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
4940 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
4941 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
4942 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
4943 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
4944 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
4945 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
4946 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
4947 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
4948 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
4949 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
4950 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
4951 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
4952 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
4953 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
4954 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
4955 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
4956 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4957 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
4958
4959 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
4960
4961 CHANGES WITH 247:
4962
4963 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
4964 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
4965 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
4966 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
4967 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
4968 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
4969 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
4970 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
4971 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
4972 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
4973 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
4974 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
4975 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
4976 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
4977 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
4978
4979 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
4980 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
4981 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
4982 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
4983 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
4984 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
4985 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
4986 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
4987 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
4988 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
4989 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
4990 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
4991 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
4992 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
4993 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
4994
4995 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
4996 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
4997 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
4998 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
4999 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
5000 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
5001 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
5002 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
5003 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
5004 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
5005
5006 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
5007 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
5008 handle the new events. Specifically:
5009
5010 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
5011 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
5012 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
5013 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
5014 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
5015 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
5016 generated, for all other device types this change is still
5017 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
5018 future kernel uevent type additions).
5019
5020 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
5021 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
5022 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
5023 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
5024 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
5025 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
5026 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
5027 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
5028 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
5029 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
5030 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
5031 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
5032
5033 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
5034 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
5035 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
5036 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
5037 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
5038 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
5039 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
5040 above).
5041
5042 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
5043 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
5044 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
5045 behaviour change.
5046
5047 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
5048 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
5049 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
5050 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
5051 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
5052 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
5053 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
5054 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
5055 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
5056 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
5057 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
5058 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
5059 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
5060 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
5061 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
5062 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
5063 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
5064 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
5065 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
5066 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
5067 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
5068 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
5069 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
5070 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
5071 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
5072 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
5073
5074 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
5075 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
5076 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
5077 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
5078 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
5079
5080 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
5081 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
5082 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
5083 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
5084 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
5085 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
5086 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
5087 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
5088 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
5089 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
5090 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
5091 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
5092 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
5093
5094 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
5095 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
5096 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
5097 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
5098 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
5099 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
5100 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
5101 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
5102 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
5103 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
5104 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
5105 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
5106 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
5107 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
5108 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
5109 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
5110 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
5111 they now are optional during runtime.
5112
5113 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
5114 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
5115 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
5116 which installs absolute timers.
5117
5118 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
5119 mode, which may be controlled via the new
5120 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
5121 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
5122 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
5123 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
5124 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
5125 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
5126 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
5127 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
5128
5129 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
5130 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
5131 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
5132 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
5133 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
5134 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
5135 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
5136 dispatched).
5137
5138 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
5139 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
5140 the RootImage= setting.
5141
5142 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
5143 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
5144 to the service.
5145
5146 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
5147 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
5148 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
5149 different for different units).
5150
5151 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
5152 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
5153 options.
5154
5155 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
5156 --json= switch.
5157
5158 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
5159 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
5160 authentication request.
5161
5162 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
5163 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
5164 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
5165 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
5166 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
5167 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
5168 empty.
5169
5170 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
5171 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
5172 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
5173 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
5174 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
5175 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
5176 image to be applied onto the image.
5177
5178 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
5179 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
5180 in OS disk images.
5181
5182 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
5183 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
5184 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
5185 other output modes.
5186
5187 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
5188 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
5189 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
5190 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
5191
5192 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
5193 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
5194 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
5195 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
5196 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
5197 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
5198 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
5199 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
5200 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
5201 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
5202
5203 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
5204 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
5205 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
5206 recursively to whole subtrees.
5207
5208 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
5209 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
5210 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
5211 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
5212 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
5213 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
5214 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
5215 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
5216
5217 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
5218 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
5219 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
5220 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
5221 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
5222 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
5223 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
5224 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
5225 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
5226 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
5227 system asks for a password.
5228
5229 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
5230 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
5231 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
5232 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
5233 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
5234 up.
5235
5236 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
5237 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
5238 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
5239
5240 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
5241 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
5242 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
5243 virtualization.
5244
5245 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
5246 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
5247 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
5248 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
5249 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
5250 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
5251 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
5252 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
5253 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
5254 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
5255 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
5256 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
5257 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
5258 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
5259 directories:
5260
5261 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
5262
5263 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
5264 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
5265 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
5266
5267 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
5268 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
5269 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
5270 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
5271
5272 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
5273 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
5274
5275 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
5276 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
5277 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
5278 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
5279 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
5280 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
5281 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
5282 applications.
5283
5284 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
5285 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
5286 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
5287 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
5288 build time.
5289
5290 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
5291 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
5292 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
5293 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
5294 system call filter policy.
5295
5296 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
5297 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
5298 filtering is turned off.
5299
5300 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
5301 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
5302 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
5303 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
5304 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
5305 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
5306 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
5307 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
5308 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
5309
5310 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
5311 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
5312 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
5313 exited.
5314
5315 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
5316 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
5317
5318 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
5319 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
5320 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
5321 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
5322 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
5323 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
5324 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
5325 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
5326 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
5327 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
5328 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
5329 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
5330 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
5331 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
5332 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
5333 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
5334 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
5335 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
5336 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
5337 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
5338 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
5339 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
5340
5341 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
5342 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
5343 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
5344 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
5345 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
5346 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
5347 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
5348 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
5349 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
5350 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
5351 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
5352 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
5353 aforementioned service settings.
5354
5355 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
5356 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
5357 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
5358 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
5359 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
5360 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
5361 and populated — there is no time window where they are
5362 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
5363 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
5364 will start from the beginning.
5365
5366 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
5367 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
5368 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
5369 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
5370
5371 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
5372 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
5373 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
5374 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
5375 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
5376 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
5377 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
5378 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
5379 on, including in the initrd.
5380
5381 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
5382 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
5383 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
5384 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
5385
5386 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
5387 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
5388 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
5389 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
5390 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
5391
5392 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
5393 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
5394 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
5395 this property in its status output.
5396
5397 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
5398 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
5399 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
5400 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
5401 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
5402 more similarly to nss-resolve.
5403
5404 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
5405 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
5406 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
5407 ctime.
5408
5409 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
5410 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
5411
5412 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
5413 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
5414 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
5415 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
5416 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
5417 having to rebuild systemd.
5418
5419 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
5420 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
5421 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
5422 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
5423 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
5424 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
5425 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
5426 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
5427
5428 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
5429 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
5430 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
5431 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
5432 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
5433 hardlinks.
5434
5435 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
5436 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
5437 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
5438
5439 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
5440 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
5441 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
5442 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
5443
5444 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
5445 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
5446
5447 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
5448 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
5449 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
5450 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
5451 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
5452
5453 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
5454 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
5455 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
5456 compatibility).
5457
5458 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
5459 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
5460 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
5461 prefix will be assigned.
5462
5463 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
5464 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
5465 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
5466 The setting is enabled by default.
5467
5468 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
5469 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
5470
5471 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
5472 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
5473 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
5474 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
5475 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
5476 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
5477 debuggable.
5478
5479 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
5480 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
5481 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
5482 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
5483
5484 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
5485 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
5486
5487 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
5488 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
5489 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
5490 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
5491 environments where the root file system is
5492 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
5493 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
5494
5495 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
5496 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
5497 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
5498 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
5499 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
5500 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
5501 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
5502 later).
5503
5504 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
5505 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
5506 working with heavily threaded programs.
5507
5508 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
5509 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
5510 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
5511 desirable.
5512
5513 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
5514 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
5515 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
5516 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
5517 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
5518 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
5519
5520 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
5521 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
5522 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
5523 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
5524 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
5525
5526 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
5527 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
5528 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
5529 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
5530 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
5531 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
5532 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
5533 promises.
5534
5535 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
5536 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
5537 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
5538 promises.
5539
5540 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
5541 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
5542 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
5543 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
5544 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
5545 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
5546 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
5547 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
5548 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
5549
5550 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
5551 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
5552 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
5553 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
5554 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
5555 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
5556 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
5557 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
5558 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
5559
5560 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
5561 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
5562 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
5563 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
5564 like this.
5565
5566 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
5567 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
5568 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
5569 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
5570 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
5571 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
5572 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
5573 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
5574 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
5575
5576 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
5577 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
5578 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
5579 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
5580 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
5581 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
5582 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
5583 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
5584 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
5585 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
5586 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
5587 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
5588 appropriately.
5589
5590 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
5591 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
5592 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
5593 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
5594 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
5595 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
5596
5597 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
5598 contents in commented form in the text editor.
5599
5600 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
5601 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
5602 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
5603 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
5604 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
5605 protections for the different slices in the future.
5606
5607 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
5608 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
5609 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
5610 image dissection logic.
5611
5612 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
5613 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
5614 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
5615 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
5616 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
5617 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5618 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5619 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
5620 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
5621 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
5622 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
5623 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
5624 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
5625 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
5626 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
5627 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
5628 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
5629 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
5630 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
5631 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
5632 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
5633 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
5634 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
5635 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
5636 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
5637 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
5638 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
5639 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
5640 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
5641 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
5642 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
5643 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5644 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5645
5646 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
5647
5648 CHANGES WITH 246:
5649
5650 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
5651 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
5652 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
5653
5654 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
5655 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
5656
5657 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
5658 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
5659 based on the NUMA mask.
5660
5661 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
5662 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
5663 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
5664
5665 * Two new unit file settings
5666 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
5667 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
5668 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
5669 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
5670
5671 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
5672 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
5673 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
5674 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
5675 instance).
5676
5677 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
5678 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
5679 service's processes shall include.
5680
5681 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
5682 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
5683 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
5684 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
5685
5686 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
5687 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
5688 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
5689 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
5690 depending on socket type.
5691
5692 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
5693 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
5694 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
5695 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
5696 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
5697 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
5698 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
5699 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
5700 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
5701 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
5702
5703 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
5704 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
5705 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
5706 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
5707 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
5708 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
5709 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
5710 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
5711
5712 * .service unit files gained two new options
5713 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
5714 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
5715 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
5716
5717 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
5718 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
5719 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
5720 prefix is used.
5721
5722 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
5723 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
5724 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
5725 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
5726 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
5727 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
5728 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
5729 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
5730 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
5731 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
5732 key/certificate parameters support this now.
5733
5734 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
5735 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
5736 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
5737 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
5738 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
5739 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
5740
5741 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
5742 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
5743 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
5744 finally gone now.
5745
5746 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
5747 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
5748 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
5749 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
5750
5751 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
5752 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
5753 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
5754 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
5755 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
5756 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
5757 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
5758 which is quite likely a major security problem.
5759
5760 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
5761 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
5762 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
5763 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
5764 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
5765
5766 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
5767 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
5768 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
5769 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
5770 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
5771
5772 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
5773 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
5774 boot.
5775
5776 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
5777 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
5778 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
5779 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
5780 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
5781 device.
5782
5783 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
5784 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
5785 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
5786
5787 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
5788 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
5789 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
5790 conditions.
5791
5792 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
5793 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
5794 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
5795 in order to make test cases more reliable.
5796
5797 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
5798 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
5799 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
5800 the process that faulted.
5801
5802 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
5803 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
5804 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
5805
5806 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
5807 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
5808 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
5809 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
5810 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
5811
5812 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
5813 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
5814 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
5815 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
5816 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
5817
5818 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
5819 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
5820 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
5821 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
5822 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
5823
5824 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
5825 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
5826 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
5827 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
5828 frame ring buffer sizes.
5829
5830 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
5831 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
5832
5833 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
5834 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
5835
5836 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
5837 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
5838 automatically assigned to the interface.
5839
5840 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
5841 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
5842 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
5843 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
5844 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
5845 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
5846 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
5847 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
5848 mode for Assign=.
5849
5850 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
5851 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
5852 source addresses.
5853
5854 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
5855 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
5856 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
5857 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
5858 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
5859 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
5860 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
5861 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
5862 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
5863 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
5864
5865 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
5866 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
5867 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
5868 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
5869 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
5870 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
5871 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
5872
5873 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
5874 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
5875 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
5876 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
5877 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
5878 the RA packets suggest it.
5879
5880 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
5881 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
5882 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
5883 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
5884
5885 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
5886 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
5887 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
5888 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
5889 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
5890 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
5891 field.
5892
5893 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
5894 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
5895 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
5896 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
5897 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
5898 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
5899
5900 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
5901 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
5902
5903 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
5904 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
5905 the VLAN protocol to use.
5906
5907 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
5908 of the .network files, to control the link group.
5909
5910 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
5911 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
5912 link local address is generated.
5913
5914 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
5915 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
5916 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
5917 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
5918 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
5919 carefully picking an interface name to use.
5920
5921 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
5922 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
5923
5924 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
5925 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
5926
5927 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
5928 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
5929 are still understood to provide compatibility.
5930
5931 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
5932 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
5933 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
5934 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
5935 interfaces up or down.
5936
5937 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
5938 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
5939 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
5940 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
5941 interface may be specified (after "%").
5942
5943 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
5944 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
5945 public DNS servers are not used.
5946
5947 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
5948
5949 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
5950 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
5951 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
5952 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
5953 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
5954 defined by systemd-resolved).
5955
5956 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
5957 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
5958 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
5959
5960 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
5961 --property=…".
5962
5963 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
5964 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
5965 use --plain.
5966
5967 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
5968 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
5969 being deprecated in favor of this option.
5970
5971 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
5972 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
5973 process itself.
5974
5975 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
5976 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
5977 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
5978 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
5979 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
5980 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
5981 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
5982 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
5983 implementations.
5984
5985 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
5986 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
5987 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
5988 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
5989 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
5990 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
5991 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
5992 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
5993 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
5994
5995 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
5996 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
5997 initialization.
5998
5999 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
6000 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
6001 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
6002
6003 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
6004 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
6005 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
6006 without any decoration.
6007
6008 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
6009 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
6010 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
6011 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
6012 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
6013 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
6014
6015 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
6016 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
6017 coredump data from.
6018
6019 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
6020 the zstd algorithm.
6021
6022 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
6023 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
6024 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
6025 not block clean file system unmounting.
6026
6027 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
6028 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
6029 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
6030
6031 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
6032 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
6033 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
6034 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
6035
6036 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
6037 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
6038
6039 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
6040 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
6041 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
6042 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
6043 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
6044 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
6045 instead of operating on actual block devices.
6046
6047 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
6048 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
6049
6050 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
6051 instead of 0.
6052
6053 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
6054 specifier expansion.
6055
6056 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
6057 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
6058 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
6059 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
6060 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
6061
6062 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
6063 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
6064 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
6065 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
6066 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
6067
6068 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
6069 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
6070 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
6071 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
6072 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
6073 --fido2-device= option.
6074
6075 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
6076 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
6077 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
6078 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
6079 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
6080 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
6081 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
6082
6083 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
6084 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
6085 changed from ext2 to ext4.
6086
6087 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
6088 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
6089 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
6090 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
6091 before the system continues to boot.
6092
6093 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
6094 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
6095 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
6096 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
6097 instead of at installation time.
6098
6099 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
6100 volumes with automatically from files in
6101 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
6102 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
6103
6104 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
6105 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
6106
6107 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
6108 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
6109 instance.
6110
6111 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
6112 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
6113 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
6114 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
6115
6116 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
6117 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
6118 setup flag.
6119
6120 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
6121 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
6122 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
6123 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
6124 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
6125 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
6126 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
6127 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
6128 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
6129 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
6130 incremental).
6131
6132 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
6133 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
6134 which it then operates.
6135
6136 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
6137 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
6138 directories for various resources.
6139
6140 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
6141 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
6142 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
6143 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
6144 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
6145 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
6146 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
6147 via the new --no-block switch.
6148
6149 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
6150 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
6151 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
6152 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
6153 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
6154 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
6155 case.
6156
6157 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
6158 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
6159 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
6160 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
6161
6162 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
6163 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
6164 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
6165 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
6166 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
6167
6168 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
6169 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
6170 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
6171 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
6172 vtable is associated with.
6173
6174 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
6175 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
6176 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
6177 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
6178
6179 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
6180 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
6181 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
6182
6183 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
6184
6185 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
6186 document the methods, signals and properties.
6187
6188 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
6189 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
6190 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
6191 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
6192 desktops has been added:
6193
6194 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
6195 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
6196 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
6197
6198 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
6199 and has now moved to:
6200
6201 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
6202
6203 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
6204 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
6205 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
6206 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
6207 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
6208 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
6209 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
6210
6211 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
6212 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
6213 target of the service during runtime.
6214
6215 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
6216 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
6217 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
6218
6219 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
6220 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
6221 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
6222 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
6223 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
6224 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
6225 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
6226 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
6227 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
6228 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
6229 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
6230 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6231 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
6232 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
6233 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
6234 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
6235 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
6236 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
6237 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
6238 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
6239 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
6240 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
6241 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
6242 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
6243 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
6244 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
6245 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
6246 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
6247 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
6248 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
6249 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
6250 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
6251 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
6252 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
6253 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
6254 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
6255 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6256 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
6257
6258 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
6259
6260 CHANGES WITH 245:
6261
6262 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
6263 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
6264 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
6265 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
6266 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
6267 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
6268 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
6269 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
6270 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
6271 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
6272 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
6273 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
6274 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
6275 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
6276 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
6277 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
6278 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
6279 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
6280 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
6281 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
6282 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
6283
6284 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
6285 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
6286 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
6287 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
6288 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
6289 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
6290 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
6291 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
6292 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
6293 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
6294 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
6295 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
6296 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
6297 that for the first time resource management and various other
6298 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
6299 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
6300 to apply on login. For further details see:
6301
6302 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
6303 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
6304 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
6305
6306 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
6307 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
6308 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
6309 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
6310 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
6311 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
6312 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
6313 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
6314 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
6315
6316 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
6317
6318 For further details about the format and expectations on home
6319 directories this new daemon makes, see:
6320
6321 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
6322
6323 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
6324 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
6325 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
6326 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
6327 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
6328 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
6329 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
6330 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
6331 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
6332 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
6333 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
6334 usage limitations and other settings.
6335
6336 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
6337 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
6338 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
6339 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
6340 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
6341 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
6342 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
6343 resource usage.
6344
6345 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
6346 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
6347
6348 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
6349 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
6350 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
6351 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
6352 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
6353
6354 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
6355 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
6356 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
6357 itself and the default for all other processes.
6358
6359 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
6360 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
6361 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
6362 database into account.
6363
6364 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
6365 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
6366 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
6367 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
6368
6369 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
6370 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
6371 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
6372 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
6373 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
6374 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
6375 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
6376 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
6377 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
6378 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
6379
6380 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
6381 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
6382 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
6383 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
6384 event source watching it is freed).
6385
6386 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
6387 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
6388 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
6389 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
6390
6391 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
6392 (IFB) network devices.
6393
6394 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
6395 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
6396
6397 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
6398 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
6399 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
6400 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
6401 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
6402 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
6403
6404 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
6405 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
6406 with its sense inverted.
6407
6408 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
6409 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
6410 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
6411
6412 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
6413 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
6414 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
6415
6416 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
6417 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
6418 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
6419 to be used.
6420
6421 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
6422 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
6423 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
6424 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
6425 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
6426 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
6427 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
6428
6429 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
6430 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
6431 debugging purposes.
6432
6433 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
6434 group named differently than the user.
6435
6436 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
6437 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
6438 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
6439
6440 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
6441 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
6442 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
6443 /etc/fstab.
6444
6445 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
6446 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
6447 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
6448 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
6449
6450 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
6451 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
6452 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
6453 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
6454
6455 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
6456 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
6457 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
6458 Bernard.
6459
6460 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
6461 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
6462 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
6463 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
6464 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
6465 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
6466 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
6467 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
6468 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
6469 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
6470 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
6471
6472 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
6473 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
6474 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
6475 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
6476 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
6477 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
6478 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
6479 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
6480 command line option.
6481
6482 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
6483 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
6484
6485 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
6486 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
6487 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
6488 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
6489 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
6490 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
6491 systemd-timedated.
6492
6493 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
6494 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
6495 GPT partition table types.
6496
6497 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
6498 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
6499 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
6500
6501 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
6502
6503 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
6504 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
6505 for the respective units.
6506
6507 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
6508 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
6509 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
6510
6511 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
6512 "status" output.
6513
6514 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
6515 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
6516 disappear.
6517
6518 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
6519 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
6520 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
6521 address is used.
6522
6523 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
6524 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
6525 dropped from the individual setting names.
6526
6527 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
6528 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
6529 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
6530 such files in version 243.
6531
6532 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
6533 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
6534 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
6535
6536 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
6537 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
6538 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
6539
6540 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
6541 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
6542 with stopping and disablement.
6543
6544 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
6545 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
6546 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
6547 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
6548 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
6549 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
6550 some internal systemd services (most notably
6551 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
6552 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
6553 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
6554 this systemd release. See
6555 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
6556 additional discussion.
6557
6558 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
6559 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
6560 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
6561 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
6562 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
6563 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
6564 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6565 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
6566 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
6567 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
6568 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
6569 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
6570 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
6571 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
6572 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
6573 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
6574 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
6575 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
6576 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
6577 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
6578 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
6579 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
6580 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
6581 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
6582 DONG
6583
6584 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
6585
6586 CHANGES WITH 244:
6587
6588 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
6589 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
6590 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
6591 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
6592
6593 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
6594 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
6595 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
6596 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
6597
6598 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
6599 units.
6600
6601 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
6602 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
6603 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
6604 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
6605 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
6606 set the EFI variable.
6607
6608 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
6609 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
6610 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
6611 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
6612 and overrides the systemd setting.
6613
6614 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
6615 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
6616 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
6617 effect.)
6618
6619 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
6620 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
6621 that affects all corresponding unit files.
6622
6623 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
6624 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
6625
6626 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
6627 the unit being shown.
6628
6629 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
6630 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
6631 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
6632 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
6633 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
6634
6635 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
6636 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
6637 which need to use them.
6638
6639 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
6640 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
6641 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
6642 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
6643 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
6644 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
6645 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
6646 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
6647 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
6648 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
6649
6650 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
6651 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
6652 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
6653 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
6654 security tokens that were used previously.
6655
6656 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
6657 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
6658 improve power saving with many more devices.
6659
6660 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
6661 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
6662 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
6663
6664 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
6665 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
6666 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
6667 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
6668 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
6669
6670 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
6671 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
6672 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
6673 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
6674 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
6675
6676 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
6677 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
6678
6679 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
6680 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
6681
6682 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
6683 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
6684 now supported.
6685
6686 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
6687 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
6688
6689 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
6690 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
6691 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
6692
6693 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
6694 received from the server.
6695
6696 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
6697 set.
6698
6699 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
6700 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
6701
6702 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
6703 using a new SendOption= setting.
6704
6705 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
6706 service type" value used by the client.
6707
6708 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
6709 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
6710
6711 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
6712 a new SendOption= setting.
6713
6714 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
6715 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
6716
6717 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
6718 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
6719
6720 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
6721 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
6722 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
6723
6724 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
6725 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
6726 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
6727 BSSID for wireless links.
6728
6729 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
6730 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
6731
6732 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
6733 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
6734
6735 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
6736 disciplines in the kernel using the new
6737 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
6738 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
6739 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
6740 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
6741
6742 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
6743
6744 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
6745 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
6746 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
6747 on its own).
6748
6749 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
6750 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
6751 of the present time.
6752
6753 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
6754 reproducible image builds easier).
6755
6756 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
6757 Specification.
6758
6759 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
6760 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
6761 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
6762 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
6763
6764 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
6765 is being used.
6766
6767 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
6768
6769 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
6770 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
6771 path as the system manager.
6772
6773 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
6774 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
6775 representation").
6776
6777 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
6778 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
6779 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
6780 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
6781 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
6782 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
6783 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
6784 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
6785
6786 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
6787 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
6788 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
6789 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
6790 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
6791 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
6792 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
6793 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
6794 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
6795 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
6796 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
6797 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
6798 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
6799 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
6800 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
6801 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
6802 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
6803 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
6804 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
6805 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
6806 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
6807 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
6808 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6809
6810 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
6811
6812 CHANGES WITH 243:
6813
6814 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
6815 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
6816 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
6817 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
6818 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
6819 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
6820 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
6821 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
6822
6823 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
6824 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
6825 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
6826 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
6827 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
6828 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
6829 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
6830 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
6831 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
6832 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
6833 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
6834 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
6835 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
6836 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
6837 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
6838 documentation.
6839
6840 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
6841 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
6842 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
6843 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
6844 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
6845 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
6846 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
6847 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
6848 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
6849 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
6850 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
6851 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
6852 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
6853 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
6854 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
6855 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
6856
6857 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
6858 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
6859 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
6860 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
6861
6862 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
6863 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
6864
6865 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
6866 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
6867 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
6868 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
6869 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
6870 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
6871 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
6872 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
6873 caught up with the kernel API changes.
6874
6875 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
6876 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
6877 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
6878 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
6879 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
6880 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
6881 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
6882 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
6883 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
6884 packagers.
6885
6886 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
6887 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
6888
6889 build/man/man systemctl
6890 build/man/html systemd.index
6891
6892 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
6893 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
6894
6895 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
6896 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
6897 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
6898 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
6899 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
6900 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
6901
6902 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
6903 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
6904 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
6905 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
6906 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
6907 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
6908 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
6909 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
6910 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
6911 unambiguously distinguished.
6912
6913 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
6914 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
6915 very rarely used.
6916
6917 To replace this functionality, users should:
6918 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
6919 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
6920 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
6921 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
6922 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
6923
6924 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
6925 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
6926 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
6927 interfaces should really be matched.
6928
6929 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
6930 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
6931 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
6932 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
6933 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
6934 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
6935
6936 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
6937 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
6938 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
6939 stop the whole unit.
6940
6941 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
6942 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
6943 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
6944 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
6945 generated whenever a unit stops.
6946
6947 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
6948 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
6949 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
6950 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
6951
6952 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
6953 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
6954 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
6955 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
6956 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
6957
6958 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
6959 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
6960 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
6961 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
6962 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
6963 programs set up externally.
6964
6965 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
6966 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
6967 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
6968 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
6969
6970 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
6971 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
6972 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
6973 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
6974 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
6975 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
6976 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
6977
6978 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
6979 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
6980 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
6981 as before.
6982
6983 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
6984 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
6985 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
6986 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
6987 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
6988 links on terminals that support that.
6989
6990 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
6991 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
6992 unmounted safely during shutdown.
6993
6994 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
6995
6996 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
6997 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
6998 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
6999 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
7000 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
7001 The default remains unchanged.
7002
7003 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
7004 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
7005
7006 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
7007 udev property.
7008
7009 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
7010 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
7011 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
7012
7013 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
7014 interfaces natively.
7015
7016 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
7017 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
7018 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
7019 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
7020
7021 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
7022 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
7023 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
7024 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
7025 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
7026 RELEASE message when terminating.
7027
7028 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
7029 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
7030
7031 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
7032 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
7033 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
7034 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
7035 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
7036 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
7037 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
7038
7039 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
7040 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
7041 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
7042 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
7043 added to the GENEVE support.
7044
7045 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
7046 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
7047 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
7048 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
7049 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
7050
7051 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
7052 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
7053 onto the network device.
7054
7055 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
7056 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
7057 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
7058 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
7059 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
7060
7061 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
7062 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
7063 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
7064
7065 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
7066 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
7067
7068 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
7069 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
7070
7071 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
7072 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
7073 statistics.
7074
7075 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
7076 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
7077 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
7078
7079 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
7080 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
7081
7082 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
7083 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
7084 specific udev properties.
7085
7086 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
7087 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
7088 "lo" as underlying device.
7089
7090 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
7091 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
7092 IP addresses, too.
7093
7094 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
7095 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
7096 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
7097 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
7098
7099 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
7100 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
7101 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
7102 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
7103
7104 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
7105 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
7106 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
7107
7108 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
7109 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
7110 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
7111
7112 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
7113
7114 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
7115 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
7116 does the same for recurring calendar events.
7117
7118 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
7119 durations as opposed to points in time).
7120
7121 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
7122 expressions.
7123
7124 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
7125 codes to their names and back.
7126
7127 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
7128 file paths and unit aliases.
7129
7130 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
7131 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
7132 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
7133 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
7134
7135 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
7136 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
7137 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
7138 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
7139 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
7140 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
7141 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
7142 udev rules for that purpose.
7143
7144 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
7145 a device to be initialized.
7146
7147 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
7148 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
7149 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
7150
7151 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
7152 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
7153 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
7154 with gcc's cleanup extension.
7155
7156 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
7157 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
7158 with printf().
7159
7160 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
7161 XML introspection data unmodified.
7162
7163 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
7164 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
7165 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
7166 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
7167
7168 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
7169 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
7170 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
7171 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
7172 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
7173 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
7174 configured to handle the watchdog.
7175
7176 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
7177 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
7178 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
7179
7180 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
7181 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
7182 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
7183
7184 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
7185 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
7186 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
7187 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
7188 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
7189
7190 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
7191 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
7192 review.
7193
7194 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
7195 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
7196
7197 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
7198 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
7199
7200 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
7201 failures to apply them are now ignored.
7202
7203 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
7204 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
7205 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
7206 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
7207
7208 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
7209 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
7210 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
7211 service.
7212
7213 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
7214 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
7215 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
7216 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
7217 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
7218 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
7219 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
7220 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
7221 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
7222 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
7223 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
7224 a seed was received from the boot loader.
7225
7226 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
7227
7228 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
7229 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
7230 above.
7231
7232 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
7233 installed.
7234
7235 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
7236 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
7237 bootloader entry).
7238
7239 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
7240 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
7241
7242 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
7243
7244 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
7245 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
7246 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
7247 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
7248 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
7249
7250 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
7251 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
7252 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
7253
7254 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
7255 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
7256
7257 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
7258 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
7259 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
7260
7261 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
7262 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
7263 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
7264 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
7265 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
7266 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
7267 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
7268 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
7269 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
7270 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
7271 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
7272 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
7273 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
7274 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7275 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
7276 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
7277 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
7278 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
7279 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7280 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
7281 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
7282 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
7283 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
7284 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
7285 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
7286 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
7287 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
7288 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
7289 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
7290 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
7291
7292 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
7293
7294 CHANGES WITH 242:
7295
7296 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
7297 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
7298 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
7299 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
7300 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
7301 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
7302 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
7303
7304 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
7305 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
7306
7307 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
7308 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
7309 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
7310 may be used to view this.
7311
7312 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
7313 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
7314 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
7315 ```
7316 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
7317 [Match]
7318 Type=bridge
7319
7320 [Link]
7321 MACAddressPolicy=none
7322 ```
7323
7324 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
7325 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
7326 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
7327 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
7328 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
7329 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
7330 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
7331
7332 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
7333 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
7334
7335 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
7336 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
7337
7338 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
7339 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
7340
7341 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
7342 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
7343 is a USB peripheral).
7344
7345 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
7346 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
7347 measured.
7348
7349 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
7350 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
7351 have privileges to do so).
7352
7353 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
7354 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
7355 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
7356
7357 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
7358 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
7359 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
7360 namespace.
7361
7362 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
7363 in which case environment variable substitution is
7364 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
7365
7366 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
7367 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
7368 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
7369 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
7370 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
7371
7372 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
7373 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
7374 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
7375 installed CPU cores.
7376
7377 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
7378 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
7379 kernel 4.15.
7380
7381 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
7382 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
7383 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
7384 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
7385 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
7386
7387 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
7388 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
7389 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
7390
7391 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
7392 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
7393 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
7394 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
7395 enslaved devices is not operational.
7396
7397 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
7398 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
7399
7400 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
7401 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
7402 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
7403 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
7404 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
7405 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
7406
7407 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
7408 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
7409
7410 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
7411
7412 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
7413 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
7414 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
7415
7416 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
7417 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
7418
7419 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
7420 configure CAN triple sampling.
7421
7422 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
7423 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
7424
7425 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
7426 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
7427 details.
7428
7429 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
7430 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
7431 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
7432 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
7433 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
7434 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
7435
7436 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
7437
7438 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
7439 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
7440 controlling project quota inheritance.
7441
7442 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
7443 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
7444 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
7445 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
7446 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
7447 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
7448 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
7449 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
7450 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
7451 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
7452 partition.
7453
7454 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
7455 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
7456 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
7457 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
7458 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
7459
7460 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
7461 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
7462
7463 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
7464 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
7465 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
7466 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
7467 be used in production yet.
7468
7469 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
7470 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
7471 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
7472 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
7473 input, output, and error are set up.
7474
7475 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
7476
7477 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
7478 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
7479 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
7480
7481 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
7482 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
7483 the specified expression will elapse next.
7484
7485 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
7486 introspection data.
7487
7488 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
7489 the reboot() system call expects.
7490
7491 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
7492 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
7493 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
7494
7495 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
7496 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
7497 ConditionVirtualization=).
7498
7499 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
7500 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
7501 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
7502 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
7503 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
7504 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
7505 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
7506 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
7507 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
7508 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
7509 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
7510 during reboot with their own operations.
7511
7512 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
7513 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
7514 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
7515 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
7516
7517 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
7518 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
7519 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
7520 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
7521 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
7522
7523 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
7524 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
7525
7526 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
7527 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
7528 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
7529 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
7530 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
7531 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
7532 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
7533 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
7534 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
7535
7536 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
7537 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
7538 prohibited.
7539
7540 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
7541 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
7542 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
7543 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
7544 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
7545 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
7546 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
7547 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
7548
7549 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
7550 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
7551 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
7552 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
7553 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
7554 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
7555 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
7556 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
7557 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
7558 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
7559 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7560 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
7561 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
7562 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
7563 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
7564 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
7565 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
7566 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7567
7568 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
7569
7570 CHANGES WITH 241:
7571
7572 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
7573 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
7574 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
7575
7576 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
7577 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
7578 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
7579 include the package release information.
7580
7581 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
7582 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
7583 option.
7584
7585 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
7586 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
7587 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
7588
7589 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
7590 again.
7591
7592 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
7593 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
7594 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
7595 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
7596 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
7597 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
7598 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
7599 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
7600 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
7601 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
7602 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
7603 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
7604 installed .link files to *not* include it.
7605
7606 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
7607 "persistent", now works again as documented.
7608
7609 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
7610 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
7611
7612 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
7613 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
7614 used for side-channel attacks.
7615
7616 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
7617 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
7618 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
7619
7620 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
7621 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
7622 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
7623 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
7624 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
7625 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
7626
7627 fs.protected_regular = 0
7628 fs.protected_fifos = 0
7629
7630 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
7631 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
7632
7633 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
7634 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
7635 POSIX shells.
7636
7637 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
7638 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
7639
7640 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
7641 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
7642 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
7643 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
7644 points but otherwise empty.
7645
7646 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
7647 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
7648 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
7649
7650 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
7651 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
7652
7653 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
7654 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
7655
7656 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
7657 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
7658 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
7659 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
7660 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
7661 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
7662 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
7663 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
7664 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
7665 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7666 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7667 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
7668 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
7669 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
7670 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
7671 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7672 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
7673
7674 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
7675
7676 CHANGES WITH 240:
7677
7678 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
7679 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
7680 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
7681 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
7682 an SELinux policy update is required.
7683 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
7684
7685 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
7686 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
7687 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
7688 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
7689 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
7690 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
7691 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
7692 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
7693 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
7694 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
7695
7696 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
7697 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
7698 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
7699 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
7700 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
7701 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
7702 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
7703 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
7704 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
7705 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
7706 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
7707 the search path.
7708
7709 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
7710 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7711 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
7712 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
7713 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
7714 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
7715 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
7716 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
7717 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
7718 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
7719 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
7720 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
7721 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
7722 start job.
7723
7724 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
7725 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
7726 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
7727 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
7728 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
7729 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
7730 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
7731 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
7732 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
7733 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
7734
7735 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
7736 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
7737 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
7738 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
7739 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
7740 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
7741 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
7742 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
7743 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
7744 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
7745 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
7746 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
7747 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
7748 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
7749 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
7750 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
7751 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
7752 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
7753 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
7754 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
7755 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
7756 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
7757 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
7758 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
7759 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
7760 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
7761 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
7762 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
7763 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
7764 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
7765 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
7766 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
7767 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
7768 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
7769 Java.)
7770
7771 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
7772 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
7773 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
7774 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
7775 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
7776 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
7777 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
7778 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
7779 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
7780 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
7781
7782 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
7783 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
7784 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
7785 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
7786 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
7787 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
7788
7789 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
7790 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
7791 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
7792 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
7793 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
7794
7795 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
7796 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
7797
7798 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
7799 reverted.
7800
7801 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
7802 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
7803 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
7804
7805 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
7806 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
7807
7808 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
7809 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
7810 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
7811
7812 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
7813 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
7814 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
7815 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
7816 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
7817 latency.
7818
7819 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
7820 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
7821
7822 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
7823 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
7824 instance part of a unit name.
7825
7826 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
7827 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
7828 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
7829 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
7830 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
7831 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
7832 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
7833 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
7834 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
7835
7836 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
7837 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
7838 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
7839 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
7840
7841 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
7842 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
7843 to a file, and appending to it.
7844
7845 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
7846 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
7847 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
7848 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
7849 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
7850 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
7851
7852 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
7853 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
7854 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
7855 having to touch C code.
7856
7857 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
7858 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
7859
7860 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
7861 DNS-over-TLS.
7862
7863 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
7864 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
7865 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
7866
7867 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
7868 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
7869 until the system finished start-up.
7870
7871 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
7872
7873 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
7874 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
7875 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
7876 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
7877 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
7878 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
7879 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
7880
7881 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
7882 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
7883 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
7884 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
7885 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
7886 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
7887 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
7888 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
7889 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
7890 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
7891 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
7892 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
7893
7894 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
7895 instantiate services.
7896
7897 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
7898 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
7899
7900 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
7901 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
7902 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
7903
7904 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
7905 it is neither used nor maintained.
7906
7907 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
7908 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
7909 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
7910 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
7911 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
7912 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
7913 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
7914 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
7915 separated by colons.
7916
7917 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
7918 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
7919
7920 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
7921 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
7922
7923 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
7924 "ethtool advertise" commands.
7925
7926 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
7927 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
7928 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
7929 directly.
7930
7931 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
7932 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
7933 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
7934 ID.
7935
7936 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
7937 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
7938
7939 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
7940 and LOGO=.
7941
7942 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
7943 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
7944 from any hibernated image.
7945
7946 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
7947 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
7948 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
7949 kernel exports them.
7950
7951 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
7952 /usr/bin/.
7953
7954 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
7955 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
7956 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
7957 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
7958 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
7959 now documented here:
7960
7961 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
7962
7963 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
7964 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
7965 installs during early boot.
7966
7967 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
7968 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
7969
7970 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
7971 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
7972
7973 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
7974 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
7975 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
7976
7977 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
7978 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
7979 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
7980 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
7981 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
7982 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
7983 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
7984 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
7985 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
7986 is on AC power.
7987
7988 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
7989 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
7990 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
7991 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
7992 see:
7993
7994 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
7995
7996 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
7997 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
7998 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
7999 and container environments.
8000
8001 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
8002 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
8003 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
8004 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
8005
8006 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
8007 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
8008 journald per-service.
8009
8010 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
8011 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
8012
8013 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
8014 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
8015 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
8016 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
8017
8018 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
8019 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
8020 groups.
8021
8022 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
8023 --ephemeral command line switch.
8024
8025 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
8026 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
8027 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
8028 object itself.
8029
8030 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
8031 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
8032 not unloaded).
8033
8034 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
8035 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
8036 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
8037
8038 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
8039 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
8040 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
8041 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
8042 "dead" state on success.
8043
8044 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
8045 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
8046 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
8047 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
8048 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
8049 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
8050 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
8051 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
8052 well-defined system service context.
8053
8054 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
8055 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
8056 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
8057 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
8058
8059 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
8060 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
8061 continue to be used.
8062
8063 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
8064 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
8065 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
8066 for example:
8067
8068 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
8069
8070 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
8071 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
8072 the command line's exit code.
8073
8074 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
8075
8076 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
8077
8078 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
8079 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
8080 support to systemctl and all other commands.
8081
8082 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
8083 name as argument.
8084
8085 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
8086 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
8087 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
8088 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
8089 is improved.
8090
8091 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
8092 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
8093 initialize one to all 0xFF.
8094
8095 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
8096 all files and directories listed in
8097 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
8098 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
8099 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
8100 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
8101 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
8102 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
8103 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
8104 the transition to the host OS.
8105
8106 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
8107 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
8108 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
8109 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
8110 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
8111 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
8112 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
8113 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
8114 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
8115 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
8116 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
8117 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
8118 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
8119 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
8120 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
8121 these are opened they don't work.
8122
8123 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
8124 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
8125 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
8126 logic works again.
8127
8128 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
8129 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
8130 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
8131 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
8132 ignore it.
8133
8134 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
8135 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
8136 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
8137 commands.
8138
8139 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
8140 pam_systemd anymore.
8141
8142 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
8143 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
8144 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
8145 policy took effect.
8146
8147 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
8148 python-3.5.
8149
8150 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
8151 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
8152 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
8153 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
8154 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
8155 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
8156 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
8157 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
8158 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
8159 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
8160 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
8161 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
8162 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
8163 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
8164 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
8165 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
8166 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8167 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
8168 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
8169 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
8170 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
8171 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
8172 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
8173 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
8174 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
8175 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
8176 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
8177 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
8178 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
8179 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
8180 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
8181 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
8182 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
8183 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
8184 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
8185 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
8186 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
8187 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
8188 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
8189 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
8190 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
8191 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
8192 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
8193 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
8194 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
8195
8196 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
8197
8198 CHANGES WITH 239:
8199
8200 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
8201 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
8202 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
8203 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
8204 a slot number associated.
8205
8206 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
8207 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
8208 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
8209 independent.
8210
8211 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
8212 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
8213 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8214
8215 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
8216 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
8217 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
8218 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8219
8220 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
8221 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
8222 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
8223 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
8224 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
8225 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
8226 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
8227 e.g. NIS.
8228
8229 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
8230 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
8231 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
8232 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
8233 may be necessary to update the file.
8234
8235 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
8236 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
8237 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
8238 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
8239 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
8240 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
8241 documentation.
8242
8243 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
8244 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
8245 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
8246 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
8247 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
8248 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
8249 them.
8250
8251 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
8252 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
8253 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
8254 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
8255 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
8256
8257 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
8258 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
8259 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
8260 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
8261 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
8262 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
8263 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
8264 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
8265
8266 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
8267 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
8268 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
8269 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
8270 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
8271
8272 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
8273 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
8274 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
8275 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
8276 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
8277
8278 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
8279 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
8280 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
8281
8282 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
8283 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
8284 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
8285 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
8286 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
8287 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
8288 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
8289 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
8290 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
8291 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
8292 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
8293 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
8294 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
8295 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
8296 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
8297 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
8298 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
8299 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
8300 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
8301 from.
8302
8303 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
8304 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
8305 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
8306 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
8307
8308 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
8309 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
8310 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
8311 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
8312
8313 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
8314 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
8315 hibernates again.
8316
8317 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
8318 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
8319 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
8320
8321 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
8322 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
8323 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
8324
8325 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
8326 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
8327 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
8328 was not configurable and set to 512.
8329
8330 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
8331 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
8332 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
8333 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
8334 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
8335 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
8336 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
8337 in particular su and sudo.
8338
8339 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
8340 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
8341 synchronization has been received from the network. This
8342 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
8343 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
8344 services.
8345
8346 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
8347 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
8348 files should work for hibernation now.
8349
8350 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
8351 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
8352 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
8353 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
8354 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
8355 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
8356 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
8357 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
8358 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
8359 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
8360 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
8361 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
8362 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
8363 name following the last dash.
8364
8365 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
8366 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
8367 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
8368 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
8369 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
8370
8371 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
8372 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
8373 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
8374 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
8375 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
8376 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
8377
8378 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
8379 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
8380 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
8381 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
8382
8383 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
8384 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
8385 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
8386 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
8387 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
8388
8389 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
8390 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
8391 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
8392 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
8393 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
8394 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
8395 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
8396 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
8397 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
8398 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
8399 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
8400 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
8401 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
8402
8403 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
8404 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
8405 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
8406 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
8407 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
8408 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
8409 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
8410 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
8411 settings.
8412
8413 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
8414 expiration feature, if it is available.
8415
8416 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
8417 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
8418 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
8419
8420 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
8421 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
8422
8423 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
8424
8425 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
8426 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
8427
8428 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
8429 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
8430 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
8431 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
8432 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
8433 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
8434 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
8435 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
8436 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
8437 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
8438 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
8439
8440 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
8441 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
8442 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
8443 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
8444
8445 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
8446 about its state.
8447
8448 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
8449 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
8450 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
8451 "timedatectl set-ntp".
8452
8453 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
8454 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
8455 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
8456 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
8457 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
8458 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
8459 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
8460 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
8461 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
8462 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
8463 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
8464
8465 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
8466 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
8467
8468 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
8469 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
8470 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
8471 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
8472 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
8473 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
8474
8475 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
8476 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
8477 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
8478 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
8479 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
8480 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
8481 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
8482
8483 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
8484 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
8485 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
8486 shown.)
8487
8488 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
8489 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
8490 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
8491 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
8492 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
8493 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
8494 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
8495 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
8496 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
8497
8498 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
8499 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
8500 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
8501
8502 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
8503 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
8504 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
8505 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
8506 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
8507 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
8508 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
8509 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
8510
8511 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
8512
8513 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
8514 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
8515 automatically when the system clock changed.)
8516
8517 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
8518 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
8519
8520 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
8521 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
8522 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
8523
8524 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
8525
8526 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
8527
8528 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
8529 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
8530
8531 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
8532 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
8533 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
8534 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
8535 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
8536 external user databases.
8537
8538 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
8539 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
8540 refused due to the enforced limits.
8541
8542 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
8543 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
8544 manages.
8545
8546 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
8547 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
8548 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
8549 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
8550 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
8551 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
8552 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
8553 where this is now used by default.
8554
8555 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
8556 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
8557
8558 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
8559 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
8560 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
8561 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
8562 update process in a generic way.
8563
8564 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
8565
8566 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
8567 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
8568 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
8569 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
8570 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
8571 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
8572 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
8573 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
8574 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
8575 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
8576 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
8577 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
8578 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
8579 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
8580 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
8581 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
8582 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
8583 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
8584 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
8585 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
8586 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
8587 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
8588 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
8589 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
8590 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
8591 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
8592 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
8593 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
8594 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8595
8596 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
8597
8598 CHANGES WITH 238:
8599
8600 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
8601 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
8602 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
8603 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
8604 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
8605 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
8606 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
8607 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
8608 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
8609 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
8610 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
8611 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
8612 to revert this change.
8613
8614 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
8615 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
8616 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
8617 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
8618 once at the end of the transaction.
8619
8620 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
8621 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
8622 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
8623 scripts.
8624
8625 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
8626 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
8627 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
8628 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
8629 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
8630 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
8631 still allowing local admin overrides.
8632
8633 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
8634 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
8635 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
8636
8637 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
8638 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
8639 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
8640 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
8641 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
8642
8643 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
8644 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
8645 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
8646 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
8647 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
8648 from package installation scripts.
8649
8650 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
8651 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
8652 without the user number ("u username -:456").
8653
8654 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
8655 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
8656
8657 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
8658 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
8659 /sbin/nologin for other users).
8660
8661 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
8662 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
8663 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
8664 --systemd, --user, or --global).
8665
8666 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
8667 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
8668 which are triggered meanwhile).
8669
8670 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
8671 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
8672 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
8673 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
8674 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
8675
8676 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
8677 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
8678 rotated very quickly.
8679
8680 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
8681 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
8682 pending bus messages.
8683
8684 * systemd gained a new
8685 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
8686 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
8687 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
8688 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
8689 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
8690 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
8691 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
8692 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
8693 session scope.
8694
8695 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
8696 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
8697 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
8698 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
8699 the tree to be accessed.
8700
8701 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
8702 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
8703 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
8704
8705 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
8706 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
8707 to keys in the main keyring.
8708
8709 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
8710
8711 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
8712 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
8713
8714 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
8715
8716 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
8717 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
8718 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
8719 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
8720 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
8721 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
8722 explicitly.
8723
8724 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
8725 the colour of "OK" status messages.
8726
8727 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
8728 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
8729 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
8730 be restarted.
8731
8732 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
8733 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
8734
8735 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
8736 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
8737 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
8738 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
8739 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
8740 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
8741 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
8742 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8743 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
8744 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
8745 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
8746 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
8747 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8748 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8749 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
8750 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
8751
8752 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
8753
8754 CHANGES WITH 237:
8755
8756 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
8757 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
8758 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
8759 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
8760
8761 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
8762 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
8763 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
8764 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
8765 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
8766 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
8767 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
8768 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
8769 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
8770 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
8771
8772 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
8773 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
8774 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
8775 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
8776 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
8777 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
8778 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
8779 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
8780 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
8781 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
8782
8783 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
8784 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
8785 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
8786 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
8787 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
8788 now provides explicit control.
8789
8790 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
8791 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
8792 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
8793 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
8794 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
8795 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
8796 unit types that already supported transient operation.
8797
8798 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
8799 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
8800 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
8801
8802 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
8803 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
8804
8805 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
8806 .network files all gained support for a new condition
8807 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
8808 versions.
8809
8810 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
8811 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
8812 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
8813 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
8814 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
8815 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
8816 understands RapidCommit=.
8817
8818 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
8819 Delegation.
8820
8821 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
8822 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
8823 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
8824 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
8825 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
8826 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
8827 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
8828 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
8829 --watch-bind= command line switch.
8830
8831 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
8832 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
8833 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
8834 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
8835 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
8836 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
8837 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
8838 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
8839 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
8840 "Disconnected" signals).
8841
8842 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
8843 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
8844 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
8845 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
8846 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
8847 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
8848 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
8849 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
8850 round-trips are removed.
8851
8852 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
8853 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
8854 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
8855 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
8856
8857 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
8858 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
8859 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
8860 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
8861 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
8862 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
8863
8864 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
8865 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
8866 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
8867 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
8868 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
8869 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
8870 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
8871 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
8872 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
8873 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
8874
8875 * sd-event gained a new call pair
8876 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
8877 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
8878 when the event source is destroyed.
8879
8880 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
8881 connections.
8882
8883 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
8884 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
8885 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
8886 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
8887 new transitional flag file has been added: if
8888 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
8889 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
8890
8891 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
8892 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
8893 manager.
8894
8895 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
8896 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
8897 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
8898 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
8899 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
8900
8901 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
8902 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
8903 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
8904 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
8905 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
8906 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
8907
8908 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
8909 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
8910 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
8911 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
8912 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
8913 level/target is given as an argument.
8914
8915 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
8916 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
8917 where UID and GID do not match.
8918
8919 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
8920 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
8921 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
8922 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
8923 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
8924 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
8925 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
8926 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
8927 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
8928 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
8929 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
8930 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
8931 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8932 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
8933 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
8934 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
8935 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
8936 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
8937 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
8938 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
8939 Палаузов
8940
8941 — Brno, 2018-01-28
8942
8943 CHANGES WITH 236:
8944
8945 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
8946 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
8947 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
8948 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
8949
8950 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
8951 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
8952 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
8953 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
8954 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
8955 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
8956 valid specifiers today.)
8957
8958 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
8959 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
8960 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
8961 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
8962 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
8963 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
8964
8965 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
8966 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
8967 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
8968 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
8969
8970 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
8971 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
8972 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
8973 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
8974 services are resolved properly.
8975
8976 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
8977 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
8978 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
8979 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
8980 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
8981 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
8982 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
8983 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
8984 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
8985 and btrfs.
8986
8987 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
8988 DNS server and domain information.
8989
8990 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
8991 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
8992 runtime.
8993
8994 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
8995 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
8996 empty for the first time.
8997
8998 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
8999 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
9000 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
9001 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
9002 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
9003 running in the user session.
9004
9005 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
9006 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
9007 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
9008 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
9009 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
9010 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
9011 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
9012 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
9013 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
9014 user instance).
9015
9016 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
9017 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
9018
9019 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
9020 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
9021 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
9022 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
9023
9024 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
9025 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
9026
9027 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
9028 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
9029 sleep verbs.
9030
9031 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
9032
9033 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
9034 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
9035
9036 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
9037
9038 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
9039 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
9040 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
9041
9042 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
9043 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
9044 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
9045 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
9046 instance.
9047
9048 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
9049 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
9050 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
9051
9052 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
9053 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
9054 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
9055
9056 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
9057
9058 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
9059 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
9060 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
9061 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
9062 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
9063 processes.
9064
9065 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
9066 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
9067 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
9068 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
9069
9070 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
9071 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
9072 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
9073
9074 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
9075 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
9076 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
9077 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
9078 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
9079
9080 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
9081 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
9082
9083 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
9084 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
9085 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
9086 time the specified expression would elapse.
9087
9088 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
9089 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
9090 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
9091 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
9092 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
9093 types, not just services.
9094
9095 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
9096 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
9097 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
9098 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
9099
9100 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
9101 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
9102 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
9103 interface for this purpose.
9104
9105 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
9106 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
9107 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
9108 anyway.
9109
9110 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
9111 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
9112 requirements of systemd.
9113
9114 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
9115 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
9116 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
9117
9118 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
9119 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
9120 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
9121 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
9122
9123 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
9124 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
9125 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
9126 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
9127
9128 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
9129 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
9130
9131 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
9132 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
9133 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
9134 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
9135 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
9136 managing software supports (such as pppd).
9137
9138 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
9139 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
9140 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
9141
9142 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
9143 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
9144 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
9145 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
9146 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
9147 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
9148 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
9149 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
9150 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
9151 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
9152 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
9153 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
9154 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
9155 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
9156 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
9157 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
9158 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
9159 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
9160 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
9161 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
9162 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
9163 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9164 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
9165
9166 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
9167
9168 CHANGES WITH 235:
9169
9170 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
9171 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
9172 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
9173 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
9174 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
9175 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
9176 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
9177 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
9178 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
9179 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
9180 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
9181 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
9182 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
9183 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
9184 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
9185 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
9186 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
9187 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
9188 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
9189 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
9190 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
9191 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
9192 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
9193 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
9194 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
9195 IPAddressDeny= see below.
9196
9197 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
9198 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
9199 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
9200 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9201 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
9202 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
9203 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
9204 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
9205
9206 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
9207 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
9208 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
9209 used to change those values.
9210
9211 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
9212 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
9213 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
9214 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
9215 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
9216 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
9217
9218 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
9219 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
9220 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
9221 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
9222
9223 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
9224 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
9225 one top-level directory.
9226
9227 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
9228 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
9229 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
9230 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
9231 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
9232 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
9233 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
9234 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
9235 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
9236 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
9237 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
9238 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
9239 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
9240 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
9241 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
9242
9243 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
9244 Meson-only.
9245
9246 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
9247 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
9248 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
9249 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
9250 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
9251 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
9252 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
9253 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
9254 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
9255 acceptable to us.
9256
9257 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
9258 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
9259 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
9260 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
9261 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
9262 requested at build time.
9263
9264 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
9265 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
9266 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
9267 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
9268 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
9269 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
9270 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
9271 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
9272 Type= setting which permits configuring
9273 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
9274
9275 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
9276 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
9277 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
9278 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
9279 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
9280 local frames between bridge ports.
9281
9282 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
9283 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
9284 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
9285
9286 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
9287 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
9288
9289 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
9290 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
9291 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
9292 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
9293
9294 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
9295 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
9296 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
9297 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
9298 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
9299 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
9300 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
9301 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
9302
9303 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
9304 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
9305 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
9306 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
9307 command.)
9308
9309 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
9310 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
9311 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
9312
9313 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
9314 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
9315 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
9316 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
9317
9318 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
9319 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
9320 configured, except for the credentials applied by
9321 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
9322 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
9323 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
9324 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
9325 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
9326 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
9327 on systems where this is not supported.
9328
9329 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
9330 sockets.
9331
9332 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
9333 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
9334 during runtime.
9335
9336 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
9337 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
9338 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
9339
9340 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
9341 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
9342 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
9343
9344 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
9345 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
9346 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
9347 Following this logic, two new special targets
9348 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
9349 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
9350 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
9351
9352 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
9353 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
9354 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
9355 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
9356
9357 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
9358 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
9359 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
9360 --wait".
9361
9362 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
9363 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
9364 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
9365 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
9366 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
9367 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
9368 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
9369 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
9370 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
9371
9372 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
9373 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
9374 containing information about the consumed resources of this
9375 invocation.
9376
9377 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
9378 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
9379 processes.
9380
9381 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
9382 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
9383 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
9384 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
9385 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
9386 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
9387 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
9388 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
9389 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
9390 systems for all five operations.
9391
9392 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
9393 the system.
9394
9395 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
9396 than UTC or the local timezone.
9397
9398 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
9399 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
9400 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
9401 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
9402 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
9403 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
9404 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
9405 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
9406
9407 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
9408 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
9409 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
9410 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
9411 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
9412 again.
9413
9414 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
9415 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
9416 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
9417
9418 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
9419 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
9420 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
9421 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
9422 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
9423 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
9424 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9425 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
9426 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
9427 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
9428 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
9429 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
9430 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
9431 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
9432 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
9433 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
9434 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
9435 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
9436 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
9437 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9438
9439 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
9440
9441 CHANGES WITH 234:
9442
9443 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
9444 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
9445 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
9446 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9447 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
9448 summary:
9449
9450 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
9451
9452 becomes:
9453
9454 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
9455
9456 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
9457 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
9458 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
9459 .device units.
9460
9461 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
9462 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
9463 running a systemd user instance.
9464
9465 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
9466 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
9467 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
9468 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
9469 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
9470 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
9471
9472 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
9473
9474 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
9475 (domain search list).
9476
9477 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
9478 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
9479 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
9480 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
9481 implementation of RA.
9482
9483 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
9484 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
9485 ISO date values.
9486
9487 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
9488 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
9489 devices.
9490
9491 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
9492 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
9493 option.
9494
9495 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
9496 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
9497 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
9498 default yet.
9499
9500 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
9501 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
9502 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
9503 SHA256SUMS files.
9504
9505 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
9506 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
9507
9508 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
9509
9510 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
9511
9512 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
9513 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
9514
9515 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
9516 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
9517 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
9518 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
9519
9520 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
9521 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
9522 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9523 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
9524 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
9525 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
9526 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
9527 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
9528 systemd-logind to be safe. See
9529 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
9530
9531 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
9532 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
9533 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
9534 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
9535 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
9536 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
9537 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
9538 after all the plugins exit.
9539
9540 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
9541 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
9542 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
9543 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
9544 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
9545 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
9546 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
9547 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
9548
9549 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
9550 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
9551 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
9552 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
9553 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
9554 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
9555 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
9556 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9557 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
9558 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
9559 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
9560 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
9561 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
9562 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
9563 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
9564 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9565 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
9566 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
9567 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
9568 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
9569 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
9570 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
9571 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
9572 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
9573 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
9574 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
9575 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
9576 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
9577 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
9578 Георгиевски
9579
9580 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
9581
9582 CHANGES WITH 233:
9583
9584 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
9585 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
9586 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
9587 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
9588 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
9589 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
9590 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
9591 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
9592 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
9593
9594 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
9595 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
9596 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
9597 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
9598 default selected on the configure command line
9599 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
9600 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
9601 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
9602 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
9603 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
9604 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
9605 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
9606 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
9607 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
9608 greatest stability and compatibility only.
9609
9610 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
9611 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
9612 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
9613 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
9614 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
9615 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
9616 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
9617 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
9618 further details about this.)
9619
9620 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
9621 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
9622 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
9623
9624 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
9625 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
9626
9627 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
9628 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
9629 with 'make install-tests'.
9630
9631 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
9632 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
9633 kernel.
9634
9635 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
9636 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
9637 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
9638 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
9639 by the Slice= option.
9640
9641 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
9642 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
9643 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
9644 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
9645
9646 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
9647 following choices:
9648
9649 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
9650 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
9651 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
9652 (h)elp
9653 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
9654 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
9655 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
9656 (y)es, execute the command
9657
9658 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
9659 because its meaning was confusing.
9660
9661 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
9662 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
9663
9664 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
9665 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
9666 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
9667
9668 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
9669 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
9670 state directly, without executing these commands.
9671
9672 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
9673 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
9674 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
9675
9676 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
9677 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
9678 combination with After=) have been started.
9679
9680 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
9681 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
9682 setting, and which system calls they contain.
9683
9684 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
9685 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
9686 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
9687 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
9688 configuration related calls.
9689
9690 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
9691 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
9692 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
9693 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
9694 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
9695 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
9696 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
9697
9698 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
9699 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
9700
9701 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
9702 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
9703 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
9704
9705 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
9706 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
9707
9708 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
9709 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
9710 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
9711 for compatibility.
9712
9713 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
9714 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
9715
9716 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
9717 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
9718
9719 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
9720 support for negative matching.
9721
9722 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
9723
9724 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
9725 permitted runtime of the mount command.
9726
9727 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
9728 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
9729 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
9730 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
9731 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
9732 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
9733 removed from the drive.
9734
9735 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
9736 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
9737
9738 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
9739 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
9740
9741 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
9742 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
9743 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
9744
9745 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
9746 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
9747 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
9748 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
9749 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
9750 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
9751 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
9752
9753 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
9754 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
9755 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
9756 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
9757 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
9758 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
9759
9760 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
9761 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
9762
9763 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
9764 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
9765 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
9766 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
9767 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
9768 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
9769 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
9770 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
9771
9772 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
9773 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
9774 including all control processes.
9775
9776 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
9777 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
9778 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
9779
9780 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9781 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
9782 prefixing the source path with "+".
9783
9784 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9785 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
9786 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
9787 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
9788 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
9789 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
9790 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
9791 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
9792
9793 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
9794 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
9795 before).
9796
9797 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
9798 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
9799 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
9800 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
9801 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
9802 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
9803 the new --root-hash= command line option).
9804
9805 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
9806 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
9807 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
9808 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
9809 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
9810 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
9811 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
9812 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
9813 versions.
9814
9815 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
9816 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
9817 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
9818 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
9819 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
9820 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
9821 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
9822 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
9823 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
9824 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
9825 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
9826 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
9827 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
9828 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
9829 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
9830 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
9831 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
9832 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
9833 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
9834 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
9835 a Verity-enabled root partition.
9836
9837 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
9838 accelerometer quirks.
9839
9840 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
9841 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
9842 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
9843 ID of each service.
9844
9845 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
9846 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
9847 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
9848 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
9849 view.
9850
9851 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
9852 environment variables:
9853
9854 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
9855
9856 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
9857 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
9858 address.
9859
9860 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
9861 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
9862 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
9863
9864 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
9865 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
9866 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
9867 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
9868 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
9869 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
9870 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
9871 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
9872 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
9873 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
9874 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
9875 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
9876 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
9877
9878 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
9879 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
9880 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
9881
9882 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
9883 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
9884
9885 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
9886 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
9887 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
9888 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
9889 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
9890
9891 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
9892 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
9893 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
9894
9895 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
9896 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
9897
9898 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
9899 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
9900 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
9901 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
9902
9903 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
9904 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
9905 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
9906 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
9907 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
9908 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
9909 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
9910 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
9911 possibly even including full integrity data.
9912
9913 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
9914 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
9915 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
9916 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
9917 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
9918
9919 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
9920 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
9921 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
9922 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
9923 directly with systemd-nspawn.
9924
9925 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
9926 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
9927 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
9928 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
9929
9930 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
9931 of coredumps in reverse order.
9932
9933 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
9934 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
9935 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
9936 additional informational message in its output.
9937
9938 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
9939 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
9940 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
9941
9942 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
9943 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
9944 scripting languages such as Python.
9945
9946 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
9947 namespacing is enabled for them.
9948
9949 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
9950 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
9951 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
9952 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
9953 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
9954 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
9955
9956 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
9957 root key (KSK).
9958
9959 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
9960 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
9961 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
9962
9963 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
9964 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
9965 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
9966 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
9967 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
9968 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
9969 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
9970 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
9971 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
9972 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
9973 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
9974 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
9975 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
9976 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
9977 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
9978 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
9979 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
9980 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
9981 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
9982 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
9983 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
9984 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
9985 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
9986 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
9987 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
9988 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
9989 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
9990 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
9991 Тихонов
9992
9993 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
9994
9995 CHANGES WITH 232:
9996
9997 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
9998 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
9999 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
10000 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
10001 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
10002 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
10003
10004 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
10005 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
10006
10007 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
10008 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
10009 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
10010
10011 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
10012 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
10013 to be remounted read-only for a service.
10014
10015 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
10016 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
10017 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
10018 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
10019
10020 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
10021 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
10022
10023 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
10024 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
10025 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
10026
10027 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
10028 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
10029 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
10030 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
10031 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
10032 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
10033 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
10034 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
10035 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
10036 permanent modifications to the system.
10037
10038 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
10039 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
10040 container or chroot environments.
10041
10042 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
10043 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
10044 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
10045 mapped to nobody.
10046
10047 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
10048 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
10049 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
10050 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
10051
10052 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
10053 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
10054
10055 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
10056 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
10057 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
10058 and the support is provisional.
10059
10060 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
10061 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
10062 unit files in the file system).
10063
10064 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
10065 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
10066 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
10067 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
10068 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
10069 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
10070 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
10071 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
10072 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
10073 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
10074 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
10075 state is fixed automatically.
10076
10077 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
10078 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
10079 option.
10080
10081 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
10082 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
10083 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
10084 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
10085 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
10086 else.
10087
10088 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
10089 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
10090 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
10091 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
10092 bootable on physical systems.
10093
10094 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
10095
10096 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
10097 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
10098 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
10099 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
10100 used.
10101
10102 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
10103 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
10104 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
10105 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
10106
10107 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
10108
10109 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
10110 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
10111 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
10112 of the container).
10113
10114 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
10115 files from the specified location.
10116
10117 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
10118 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
10119 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
10120 be active.
10121
10122 * The hardware database has been extended to support
10123 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
10124 trackball devices.
10125
10126 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
10127 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
10128 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
10129
10130 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
10131 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
10132 specified service binary exited.)
10133
10134 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
10135 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
10136
10137 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
10138 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
10139 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
10140 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
10141 --since= and --until= options.
10142
10143 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
10144 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
10145 are automatically propagated to the container.
10146
10147 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
10148 from a single IP address can be limited with
10149 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
10150 MaxConnections=.
10151
10152 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
10153 configuration.
10154
10155 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
10156 drop-ins.
10157
10158 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
10159 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
10160 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
10161 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
10162 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
10163 [Link] section of .link files.
10164
10165 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
10166 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
10167 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
10168 section of .netdev files.
10169
10170 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
10171 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
10172 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
10173
10174 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
10175 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
10176 .network files.
10177
10178 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
10179 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
10180 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
10181 service runtime cycle.
10182
10183 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
10184 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
10185 has been traditionally doing.
10186
10187 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
10188 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
10189 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
10190 prevent any later plugins from running.
10191
10192 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
10193 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
10194 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
10195 default of SplitMode=uid.
10196
10197 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
10198 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
10199 useful.
10200
10201 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
10202 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
10203 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
10204 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
10205 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
10206 individual namespaces.
10207
10208 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
10209 the output, as well as OS release information.
10210
10211 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
10212
10213 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
10214 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
10215 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
10216 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
10217 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
10218
10219 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
10220 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
10221 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
10222 severed.
10223
10224 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
10225 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
10226 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
10227 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
10228 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
10229 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
10230 information about exit statuses and results.
10231
10232 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
10233 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
10234 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
10235 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
10236 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
10237 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
10238
10239 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
10240
10241 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
10242 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
10243 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
10244 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
10245 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
10246 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
10247 entirely.
10248
10249 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
10250 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
10251 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
10252
10253 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
10254 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
10255 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
10256 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
10257 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
10258 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
10259 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
10260 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
10261 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
10262 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
10263 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
10264 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
10265 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
10266 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
10267 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
10268 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
10269 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
10270
10271 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
10272 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
10273 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
10274 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
10275
10276 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
10277 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
10278 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
10279 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
10280
10281 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
10282 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
10283 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
10284 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
10285 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
10286 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
10287 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
10288 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
10289 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
10290 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
10291 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
10292 fragment entirely.)
10293
10294 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
10295 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
10296 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
10297
10298 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
10299 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
10300 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
10301 FileDescriptorName= setting.
10302
10303 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
10304 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
10305 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
10306 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
10307 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
10308 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
10309
10310 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
10311 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
10312
10313 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
10314 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
10315
10316 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
10317 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
10318 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
10319 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
10320 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
10321
10322 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
10323 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
10324 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
10325 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10326 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
10327 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
10328 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
10329 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
10330 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
10331 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
10332 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
10333 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
10334 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
10335 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
10336 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10337 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
10338 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
10339 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
10340 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
10341 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
10342 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
10343 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
10344 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
10345 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
10346 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10347 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
10348
10349 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
10350
10351 CHANGES WITH 231:
10352
10353 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
10354 with an additional special character as first argument of the
10355 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
10356 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
10357 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
10358 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
10359 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
10360 independently.
10361
10362 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
10363 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
10364
10365 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
10366 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
10367 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
10368 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
10369 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
10370 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
10371 values.
10372
10373 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
10374 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
10375 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
10376 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
10377 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
10378
10379 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
10380 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
10381 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
10382 7:10am every day.
10383
10384 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
10385 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
10386 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
10387 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
10388 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
10389 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
10390 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
10391 available for compatibility.
10392
10393 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
10394 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
10395 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
10396 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
10397 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
10398 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
10399
10400 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
10401 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
10402 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
10403 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
10404 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
10405 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
10406 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
10407 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
10408 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
10409
10410 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
10411 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
10412 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
10413 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
10414 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
10415 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
10416 desired options.
10417
10418 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
10419 cgroup v2.
10420
10421 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
10422 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
10423 limited to subgroups of that group.
10424
10425 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
10426 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
10427 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
10428 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
10429 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
10430 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
10431 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
10432 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
10433
10434 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
10435 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
10436 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
10437 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
10438 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
10439 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
10440 own long-running services.
10441
10442 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
10443 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
10444 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
10445 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
10446
10447 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
10448 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
10449 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
10450 propagates this notification further to the service manager
10451 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
10452 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
10453 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
10454 primitives.
10455
10456 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
10457 "terminate".
10458
10459 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
10460 link-local IPv6 addresses.
10461
10462 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
10463 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
10464 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
10465 --flush-caches".
10466
10467 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
10468 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
10469 is shown.
10470
10471 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
10472 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
10473 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
10474 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
10475 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
10476 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
10477
10478 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
10479 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
10480 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
10481 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
10482 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
10483 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
10484 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
10485 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
10486 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
10487 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
10488 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
10489 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
10490 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
10491 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
10492 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
10493 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
10494 bus API instead.
10495
10496 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
10497 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
10498 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
10499 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
10500
10501 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
10502 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
10503 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
10504 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
10505
10506 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
10507 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
10508 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
10509
10510 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
10511 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
10512
10513 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
10514 interface configuration.
10515
10516 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
10517 specifying the --force switch.
10518
10519 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
10520 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
10521 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
10522
10523 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
10524 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
10525 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
10526 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
10527 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
10528 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
10529 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
10530 to be handled.
10531
10532 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
10533 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
10534
10535 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
10536 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
10537
10538 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
10539 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
10540 of persistent symlinks for that device.
10541
10542 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
10543 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
10544
10545 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
10546 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
10547 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
10548 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
10549 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
10550 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
10551 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
10552 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
10553 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
10554 library.
10555
10556 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
10557 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
10558 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
10559 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
10560 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
10561 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
10562 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
10563 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
10564 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
10565 doc/HACKING for details.
10566
10567 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
10568 distribution's bugtracker.
10569
10570 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
10571 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
10572 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
10573 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
10574 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
10575 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
10576 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
10577 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
10578 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
10579 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
10580 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
10581 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
10582 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
10583 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
10584 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
10585 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
10586 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
10587 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
10588 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10589
10590 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
10591
10592 CHANGES WITH 230:
10593
10594 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
10595 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
10596 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
10597 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
10598 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
10599 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
10600 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
10601 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
10602 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
10603 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
10604 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
10605 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
10606 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
10607 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
10608 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
10609 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
10610 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
10611 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
10612 applications.)
10613
10614 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
10615 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
10616 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
10617
10618 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
10619 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
10620 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
10621 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
10622 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
10623 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
10624 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
10625
10626 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
10627 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
10628 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
10629 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
10630 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
10631 command works for tmux.
10632
10633 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
10634 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
10635 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
10636 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
10637 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
10638 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
10639
10640 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
10641 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
10642
10643 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
10644 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
10645 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
10646
10647 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
10648
10649 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
10650 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
10651 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
10652 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
10653 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
10654
10655 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
10656 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
10657 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
10658 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
10659
10660 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
10661 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
10662 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
10663 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
10664 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
10665 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
10666
10667 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
10668 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
10669 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
10670
10671 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
10672 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
10673 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
10674 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
10675 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
10676 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
10677
10678 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
10679 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
10680 address.
10681
10682 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
10683 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
10684 should be emitted.
10685
10686 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
10687 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
10688 supported.
10689
10690 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
10691 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
10692 logging performance.
10693
10694 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10695 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
10696 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
10697 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
10698 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
10699 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
10700
10701 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
10702 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
10703 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
10704 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
10705
10706 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
10707 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
10708
10709 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
10710 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
10711 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
10712
10713 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
10714
10715 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
10716 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
10717 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
10718 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
10719
10720 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
10721 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
10722 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
10723 refuse to operate on such files.
10724
10725 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
10726 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
10727 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
10728
10729 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
10730 just hidden container images.
10731
10732 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
10733 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
10734
10735 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
10736 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
10737 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
10738 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
10739 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
10740 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
10741 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
10742 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
10743 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
10744 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
10745 been changed to use this functionality by default.
10746
10747 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
10748 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
10749 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
10750 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
10751 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
10752 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
10753 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
10754 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
10755 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
10756 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
10757 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
10758 terminates.
10759
10760 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
10761 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
10762 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
10763 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
10764
10765 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
10766 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
10767 rate of the socket unit.
10768
10769 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
10770 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
10771 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
10772 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
10773 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
10774
10775 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
10776 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
10777 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
10778 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
10779 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
10780 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
10781 with this.
10782
10783 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
10784 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
10785
10786 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
10787 merged into the kernel in its current form.
10788
10789 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
10790 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
10791 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
10792 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
10793 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
10794
10795 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
10796 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
10797 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
10798
10799 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
10800 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
10801 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
10802 target is now included in early userspace.
10803
10804 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
10805 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
10806 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
10807 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
10808 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
10809 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
10810 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
10811 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
10812 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
10813 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
10814 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
10815 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
10816 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
10817 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
10818 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
10819 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
10820 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
10821 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
10822 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
10823 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10824 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
10825 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
10826 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
10827 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
10828 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10829 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10830
10831 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
10832
10833 CHANGES WITH 229:
10834
10835 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
10836 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
10837 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
10838 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
10839 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
10840 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
10841 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
10842 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
10843 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
10844 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
10845 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
10846 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
10847 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
10848
10849 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
10850 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
10851 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
10852 /usr/bin.
10853
10854 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
10855 devices.
10856
10857 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
10858 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
10859 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
10860 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
10861 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
10862 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
10863 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
10864 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
10865 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
10866 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
10867 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
10868 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
10869 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
10870 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
10871 this limit.
10872
10873 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
10874 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
10875 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
10876 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
10877 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
10878 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
10879 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
10880 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
10881
10882 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
10883 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
10884 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
10885 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
10886 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
10887 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
10888 and group at package installation time.
10889
10890 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
10891 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
10892 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
10893 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
10894 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
10895
10896 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
10897 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
10898 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
10899 supports it.
10900
10901 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
10902 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
10903
10904 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
10905 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
10906 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
10907 file is already initialized.
10908
10909 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
10910 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
10911 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
10912 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
10913 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
10914 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
10915 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
10916 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
10917 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
10918
10919 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
10920 working directory for the process started in the container.
10921
10922 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
10923 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
10924 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
10925 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
10926 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
10927
10928 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10929 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
10930 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
10931
10932 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
10933 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
10934 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
10935 sd_journal_restart_fields().
10936
10937 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
10938 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
10939 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
10940 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
10941 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
10942
10943 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
10944 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
10945 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
10946 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
10947
10948 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
10949 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
10950 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
10951 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
10952 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
10953 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
10954 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
10955 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
10956 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
10957 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
10958 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
10959 by PID 1.
10960
10961 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
10962 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
10963 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
10964 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
10965 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
10966 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
10967 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
10968 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
10969
10970 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
10971
10972 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
10973 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
10974 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
10975
10976 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
10977 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
10978 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
10979 recent kernels.
10980
10981 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
10982 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
10983
10984 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
10985 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
10986 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
10987 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
10988 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
10989 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
10990 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
10991 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
10992 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
10993 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
10994 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
10995 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
10996 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
10997
10998 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
10999 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
11000 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
11001 clusters or larger setups.
11002
11003 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
11004
11005 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
11006 sockets.
11007
11008 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
11009
11010 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
11011 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
11012 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
11013 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
11014 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
11015 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
11016
11017 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
11018 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
11019 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
11020
11021 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
11022 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
11023 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
11024 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
11025
11026 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
11027
11028 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
11029 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
11030 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
11031 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
11032 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
11033 maintain compatibility.
11034
11035 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
11036 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
11037 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
11038 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
11039 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
11040 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
11041 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
11042 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
11043 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
11044 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
11045 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
11046 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11047 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
11048 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
11049 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
11050 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
11051 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11052 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
11053 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11054
11055 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
11056
11057 CHANGES WITH 228:
11058
11059 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
11060 files are now also available as properties to set when
11061 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
11062 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
11063 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
11064 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
11065 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
11066 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
11067 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
11068
11069 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
11070 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
11071 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
11072
11073 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
11074 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
11075 created transiently.
11076
11077 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
11078 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
11079 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
11080 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
11081 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
11082 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
11083 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
11084 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
11085
11086 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
11087 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
11088 disk and sync the files, before returning.
11089
11090 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
11091 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
11092 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
11093 enabled.
11094
11095 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
11096 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
11097 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
11098 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
11099 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
11100 subvolumes.
11101
11102 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
11103 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
11104
11105 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
11106 individual indexes.
11107
11108 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
11109 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
11110 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
11111 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
11112 now.
11113
11114 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
11115 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
11116 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
11117 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
11118 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
11119 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
11120 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
11121 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
11122 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
11123 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
11124 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
11125 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
11126 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
11127 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
11128 number of processes or tasks each user may own
11129 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
11130 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
11131 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
11132 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
11133 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
11134 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
11135
11136 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
11137 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
11138 links between the host and the container.
11139
11140 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
11141 added that allows importing select environment variables
11142 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
11143 the service.
11144
11145 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
11146 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
11147 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
11148 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
11149 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
11150 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
11151 than until they first elapse.
11152
11153 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
11154 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
11155 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
11156 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
11157 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
11158 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
11159 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
11160 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
11161
11162 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
11163 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
11164 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
11165 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
11166 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
11167 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
11168 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
11169 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
11170 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
11171 journal and in coredump handling.
11172
11173 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
11174 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
11175 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
11176 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
11177 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
11178 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
11179 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
11180 software you package still references it, as this is a
11181 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
11182 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
11183
11184 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
11185
11186 Note that only util-linux versions built with
11187 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
11188
11189 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
11190 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
11191 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
11192
11193 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
11194 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
11195 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
11196 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
11197 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
11198 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
11199 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
11200 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
11201 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
11202 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
11203 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
11204 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
11205 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
11206 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
11207 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
11208 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
11209
11210 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
11211 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
11212 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
11213 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
11214 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
11215 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
11216 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
11217 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
11218 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
11219 surprises.
11220
11221 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
11222 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
11223 to the various user database fields of the user that the
11224 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
11225 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
11226 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
11227 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
11228 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
11229 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
11230 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
11231 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
11232 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
11233 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
11234 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
11235 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
11236 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
11237 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
11238 of PID 1 is the root user).
11239
11240 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
11241 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
11242 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11243 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
11244 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
11245 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
11246 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11247 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
11248 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
11249 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
11250 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
11251 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
11252 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11253 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
11254 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11255
11256 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
11257
11258 CHANGES WITH 227:
11259
11260 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
11261 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
11262 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
11263
11264 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
11265 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
11266 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
11267 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
11268 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
11269 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
11270
11271 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
11272 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
11273 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
11274 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
11275 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
11276
11277 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
11278 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
11279 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
11280 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
11281 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
11282 packets on unestablished sockets.
11283
11284 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
11285 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
11286 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
11287 automatically.
11288
11289 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
11290 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
11291 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
11292
11293 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
11294 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
11295 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
11296 for disk IO.
11297
11298 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
11299 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
11300 removed.
11301
11302 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
11303 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
11304 directory is set to the home directory of the user
11305 configured in User=.
11306
11307 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
11308 directory of the selected user by default.
11309
11310 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
11311 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
11312 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
11313 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
11314 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
11315 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
11316 compat reasons.
11317
11318 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
11319 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
11320 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
11321 units.
11322
11323 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
11324 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
11325 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
11326 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
11327 level.
11328
11329 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
11330 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
11331 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
11332 namespaces work correctly.
11333
11334 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
11335 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
11336 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
11337 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
11338 activation.
11339
11340 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
11341 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
11342 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
11343 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
11344 system instance in a container.
11345
11346 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
11347 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
11348 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
11349 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
11350 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
11351 connections.
11352
11353 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
11354 show the control groups within a certain container only.
11355
11356 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
11357 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
11358 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
11359 processes attached, or similar.
11360
11361 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
11362 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
11363 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
11364
11365 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
11366 specifiers like %i or %f.
11367
11368 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
11369 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
11370 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
11371 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
11372
11373 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
11374 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
11375 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
11376 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
11377 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
11378 descriptors using sd_notify().
11379
11380 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
11381
11382 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
11383 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
11384
11385 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
11386 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
11387
11388 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
11389 .network files.
11390
11391 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
11392 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
11393 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
11394 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
11395 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
11396 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
11397 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
11398 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
11399 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
11400 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
11401 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
11402 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
11403 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
11404 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
11405 gdm-autologin is used.
11406
11407 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
11408 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
11409 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
11410 next to the image file.
11411
11412 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
11413 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
11414 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
11415 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
11416
11417 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
11418 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
11419 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
11420 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
11421 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
11422 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
11423
11424 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
11425 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
11426 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
11427 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
11428 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
11429 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
11430 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
11431 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
11432 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
11433 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
11434 number of files in place.
11435
11436 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
11437 on kernels where that is supported.
11438
11439 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
11440
11441 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
11442 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
11443 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
11444 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11445 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
11446 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
11447 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
11448 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
11449 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
11450 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
11451 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
11452 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11453 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
11454 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
11455 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
11456 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11457 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
11458 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
11459
11460 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
11461
11462 CHANGES WITH 226:
11463
11464 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
11465 new features:
11466
11467 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
11468 information. It may be enabled and configured via
11469 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
11470 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
11471 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
11472 is any) is propagated.
11473
11474 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
11475 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
11476 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
11477 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
11478 information is enabled between host and containers by
11479 default now: the container will change its local timezone
11480 to what the host has set.
11481
11482 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
11483 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
11484
11485 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
11486 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
11487 information back, even if the server loses state.
11488
11489 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
11490 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
11491 PoolSize=.
11492
11493 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
11494 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
11495 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
11496 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
11497
11498 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
11499 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
11500 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
11501 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
11502 'dbus-daemon' systems.
11503
11504 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
11505 for virtio devices.
11506
11507 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
11508 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
11509 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
11510 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
11511 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
11512 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
11513 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
11514 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
11515 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
11516 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
11517 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
11518 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
11519 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
11520 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
11521 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
11522 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
11523 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
11524 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
11525 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
11526 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
11527 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
11528 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
11529 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
11530 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
11531 grants them.
11532
11533 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
11534 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
11535 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
11536 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
11537 group tree.
11538
11539 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
11540 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
11541 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
11542 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
11543 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
11544 work correctly in containers now.
11545
11546 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
11547 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
11548
11549 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
11550 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
11551 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
11552 function call is particularly useful when implementing
11553 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
11554
11555 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
11556 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
11557 signal events.
11558
11559 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
11560 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
11561 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
11562 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
11563
11564 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
11565 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
11566 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
11567 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
11568 nspawn command line.
11569
11570 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
11571 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
11572 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
11573 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
11574 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
11575 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
11576 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11577 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
11578
11579 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
11580
11581 CHANGES WITH 225:
11582
11583 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
11584 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
11585 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
11586 shell directly without prompting for username or
11587 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
11588 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
11589 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
11590 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
11591 the originating session.
11592
11593 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
11594 options and allows other programs to query the values.
11595
11596 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
11597 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
11598 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
11599 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
11600 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
11601 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
11602 probably not stabilize on this release.
11603
11604 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
11605 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
11606 messages.
11607
11608 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
11609 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
11610 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
11611
11612 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
11613 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
11614
11615 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
11616 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
11617 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
11618 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
11619 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
11620 posteriori.
11621
11622 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
11623 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
11624
11625 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
11626 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
11627 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
11628 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
11629 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
11630 "lastlog" tools.
11631
11632 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
11633 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
11634 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
11635 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
11636 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
11637
11638 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
11639 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
11640 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
11641 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11642 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
11643 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
11644 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
11645 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
11646 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
11647 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
11648 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
11649 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11650
11651 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
11652
11653 CHANGES WITH 224:
11654
11655 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
11656 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
11657
11658 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
11659 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
11660 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
11661
11662 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
11663 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11664 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
11665
11666 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11667
11668 CHANGES WITH 223:
11669
11670 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
11671 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
11672 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
11673 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11674
11675 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
11676 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
11677
11678 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
11679 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
11680
11681 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
11682
11683 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
11684 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
11685 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
11686
11687 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
11688 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
11689 decapsulated packet.
11690
11691 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
11692 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
11693 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
11694 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
11695 netlink attribute.
11696
11697 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
11698 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
11699 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
11700 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
11701
11702 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
11703 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
11704 according to RFC2460.
11705
11706 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
11707 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
11708
11709 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
11710 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
11711 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
11712
11713 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
11714 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
11715 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
11716 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
11717 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
11718 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
11719
11720 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
11721 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11722 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
11723 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11724 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11725 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
11726 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
11727 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
11728 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
11729 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11730
11731 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
11732
11733 CHANGES WITH 222:
11734
11735 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
11736 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
11737 or should be used to work around such bugs.
11738
11739 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
11740 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
11741
11742 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
11743 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
11744 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
11745 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
11746 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
11747
11748 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
11749 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
11750 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
11751
11752 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
11753 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
11754 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
11755 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
11756 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
11757
11758 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11759
11760 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
11761 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
11762 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
11763 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
11764 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
11765 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11766 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
11767 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
11768 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11769 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11770
11771 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
11772
11773 CHANGES WITH 221:
11774
11775 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
11776 stable and have been added to the official interface of
11777 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
11778 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
11779 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
11780 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
11781 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
11782 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
11783 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
11784 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
11785 portable to other kernels.
11786
11787 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
11788 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
11789 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
11790 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
11791 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
11792 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
11793 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
11794 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
11795 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
11796 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
11797 systemd enabled.
11798
11799 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
11800 2.26.
11801
11802 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
11803 favor of calling an abstraction tool
11804 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
11805 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
11806 in README for details.
11807
11808 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
11809 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
11810 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
11811 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
11812 unit.
11813
11814 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
11815 into man pages.
11816
11817 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
11818 external project.
11819
11820 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
11821 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
11822
11823 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
11824 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
11825 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
11826 state.
11827
11828 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
11829 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
11830 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
11831
11832 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
11833 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
11834 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
11835 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
11836 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
11837 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
11838 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
11839 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
11840 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
11841 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
11842 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
11843 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
11844 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
11845 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11846 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
11847 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11848
11849 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
11850
11851 CHANGES WITH 220:
11852
11853 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
11854 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
11855 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
11856 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
11857 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
11858 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
11859 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
11860 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
11861
11862 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
11863 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
11864 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
11865 service consumed). This value is only available if
11866 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
11867 in the "systemctl status" output.
11868
11869 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
11870 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
11871 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
11872 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
11873 previously was already the default behaviour).
11874
11875 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
11876 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
11877 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
11878
11879 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
11880 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
11881 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
11882 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
11883
11884 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
11885 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
11886 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
11887 journaling file systems that support external journal
11888 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
11889 systems to be mounted.
11890
11891 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
11892 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
11893 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
11894 stable release this should not be problematic.
11895
11896 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
11897 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
11898 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
11899 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
11900 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
11901
11902 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
11903 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
11904 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
11905 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
11906 network switches.
11907
11908 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
11909 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
11910
11911 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
11912 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
11913 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
11914
11915 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
11916
11917 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
11918 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
11919 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
11920 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
11921 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
11922 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
11923 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
11924 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
11925 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
11926 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
11927 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
11928 been fixed in v220.
11929
11930 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
11931 systemd-networkd.
11932
11933 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
11934 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
11935 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
11936 containers started from the command line.
11937
11938 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
11939 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
11940
11941 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
11942 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
11943 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
11944 indirection via a pseudo tty.
11945
11946 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
11947 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
11948 when shutting down.
11949
11950 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
11951 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
11952 overlayfs support.
11953
11954 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
11955 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
11956 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
11957 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
11958 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
11959 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
11960 images are imported via systemd-importd.
11961
11962 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
11963 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
11964 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
11965
11966 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
11967 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
11968 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
11969 of v1 as before).
11970
11971 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
11972 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
11973
11974 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
11975 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
11976 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
11977 without further privileges or authorization.
11978
11979 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
11980 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
11981 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
11982 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
11983 accessible via a bus interface.
11984
11985 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
11986 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
11987 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
11988 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
11989 to cover this functionality.
11990
11991 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
11992 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
11993 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
11994 disabled/masked also stopped.
11995
11996 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
11997 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
11998 updated to support systemd-boot.
11999
12000 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
12001 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
12002 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
12003 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
12004 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
12005 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
12006 like this and can extract OS release information from them
12007 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
12008 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
12009
12010 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
12011 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
12012 system.
12013
12014 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
12015 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
12016 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
12017 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
12018
12019 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
12020 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
12021 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
12022 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
12023
12024 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
12025 stick devices has been added.
12026
12027 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
12028 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
12029
12030 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
12031 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
12032 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
12033 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
12034 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
12035
12036 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
12037 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
12038 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
12039
12040 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
12041 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
12042 Debian.
12043
12044 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
12045 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
12046 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
12047
12048 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
12049 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
12050 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
12051 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
12052 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
12053 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
12054 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
12055 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
12056 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
12057 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
12058 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
12059 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
12060 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
12061 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
12062 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
12063 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
12064 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
12065 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12066 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
12067 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
12068 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
12069 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
12070 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
12071 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
12072 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
12073 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
12074 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12075
12076 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
12077
12078 CHANGES WITH 219:
12079
12080 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
12081 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
12082 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
12083 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
12084 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
12085 interface with and update the database.
12086
12087 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
12088 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
12089 before bytewise copying is done.
12090
12091 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
12092 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
12093 directory, and immediately removed when the container
12094 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
12095 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
12096 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
12097 for starting a container off the root file system of the
12098 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
12099 available on btrfs file systems.
12100
12101 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
12102 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
12103 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
12104 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
12105 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
12106 systems.
12107
12108 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
12109 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
12110 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
12111 mount point remains.
12112
12113 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
12114 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
12115 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
12116 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
12117 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
12118 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
12119 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
12120 are disabled.
12121
12122 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
12123 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
12124 container to the host or vice versa.
12125
12126 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
12127 mount host directories into local containers. This is
12128 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
12129
12130 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
12131 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
12132
12133 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
12134 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
12135 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
12136 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
12137 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
12138 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
12139 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
12140 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
12141 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
12142 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
12143 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
12144 make the functionality of importd available to the
12145 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
12146 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
12147 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
12148 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
12149 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
12150 only fully supported on btrfs.
12151
12152 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
12153 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
12154 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
12155 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
12156 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
12157 information about images.
12158
12159 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
12160 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
12161 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
12162 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
12163 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
12164 legacy file systems).
12165
12166 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
12167 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
12168 shown in networkctl output.
12169
12170 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
12171 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
12172 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
12173 processes as system services while interactively
12174 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
12175 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
12176 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
12177 full login session, the difference being that the former
12178 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
12179 setup.
12180
12181 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
12182 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
12183 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
12184 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
12185 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
12186
12187 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
12188 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
12189 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
12190 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
12191 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
12192 via qemu/kvm.
12193
12194 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
12195 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
12196 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
12197 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
12198 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
12199 disk images, too.
12200
12201 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
12202 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
12203 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
12204 integrate with that.
12205
12206 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
12207 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
12208 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
12209 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
12210
12211 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
12212 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
12213 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
12214
12215 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
12216 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
12217 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
12218 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
12219 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
12220 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
12221 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
12222 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
12223 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
12224 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
12225
12226 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
12227 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
12228 files.
12229
12230 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
12231 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
12232 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
12233 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
12234 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
12235 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
12236 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
12237 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
12238 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
12239 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
12240 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
12241 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
12242 explicitly turned on.
12243
12244 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
12245 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
12246 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
12247 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
12248
12249 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
12250 supported.
12251
12252 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
12253 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
12254 user/session following the status output. Similar,
12255 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
12256 associated with a virtual machine or container
12257 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
12258 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
12259 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
12260 output however.)
12261
12262 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
12263 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
12264 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
12265 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
12266 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
12267 caller's session/user.
12268
12269 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
12270 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
12271 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
12272 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
12273 user services.
12274
12275 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
12276 same way as unit files.
12277
12278 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
12279 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
12280 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
12281 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
12282 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
12283 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
12284 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
12285 the host.
12286
12287 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
12288 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
12289 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
12290 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
12291 the host as if their services were running directly on the
12292 host.
12293
12294 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
12295 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
12296 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
12297 updated to make use of it too by default.
12298
12299 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
12300 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
12301 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
12302 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
12303
12304 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
12305 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
12306 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
12307 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
12308 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
12309 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
12310 modification.
12311
12312 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
12313 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
12314 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
12315 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
12316 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
12317 information about Touchpad types.
12318
12319 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
12320 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
12321
12322 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
12323 Policy link field.
12324
12325 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
12326 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
12327
12328 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
12329 ACLs on files.
12330
12331 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
12332 tmpfs, automatically.
12333
12334 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
12335 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
12336 status" output, if available.
12337
12338 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
12339 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
12340 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
12341 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
12342 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
12343 run on next reboot.
12344
12345 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
12346 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
12347 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
12348 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
12349 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
12350 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
12351 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
12352
12353 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
12354 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
12355 after a configurable timeout.
12356
12357 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
12358 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
12359 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
12360 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
12361 it non-idle.
12362
12363 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
12364 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
12365
12366 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
12367 each .network interface in networkd.
12368
12369 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
12370 in .network files.
12371
12372 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
12373 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
12374
12375 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
12376 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
12377 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
12378 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
12379 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
12380 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
12381 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
12382 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
12383 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
12384 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
12385 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
12386 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12387 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
12388 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
12389 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
12390 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
12391 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
12392 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
12393 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
12394 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
12395 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
12396 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
12397 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
12398 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12399
12400 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
12401
12402 CHANGES WITH 218:
12403
12404 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
12405 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
12406 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
12407 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
12408
12409 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
12410 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
12411 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
12412 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
12413 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
12414
12415 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
12416
12417 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
12418 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
12419 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
12420 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
12421 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
12422 modified configuration after editing.
12423
12424 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
12425 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
12426 system preset files.
12427
12428 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
12429 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
12430 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
12431 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
12432 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
12433 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
12434 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
12435 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
12436 other contexts.
12437
12438 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
12439 inhibitors.
12440
12441 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
12442 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
12443 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
12444 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
12445 managers.
12446
12447 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
12448 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
12449 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
12450 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
12451 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
12452 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
12453 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
12454 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
12455 parallel to journald.
12456
12457 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
12458 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
12459 available.
12460
12461 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
12462 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
12463 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
12464 or are not older than the specified time.
12465
12466 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
12467 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
12468 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
12469 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
12470
12471 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
12472 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
12473 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
12474 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
12475 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
12476 communication.
12477
12478 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
12479 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
12480 services.
12481
12482 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
12483 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
12484 including their signature and values. This is particularly
12485 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
12486 the new "busctl tree" command.
12487
12488 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
12489 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
12490 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
12491 friendly way.
12492
12493 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
12494 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
12495 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
12496 race-ful way.
12497
12498 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
12499 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
12500 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
12501 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
12502 --link-journal=try-guest.
12503
12504 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
12505 stable MAC addresses.
12506
12507 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
12508 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
12509 the respective unit shall use.
12510
12511 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
12512 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
12513 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
12514 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
12515
12516 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
12517 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
12518 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
12519 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
12520 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
12521 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
12522
12523 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
12524 details see:
12525
12526 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
12527
12528 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
12529 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
12530 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
12531 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
12532 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
12533 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
12534 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
12535 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
12536 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
12537 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
12538 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
12539 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
12540
12541 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
12542 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
12543 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
12544 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
12545 bluetooth, …) is used.
12546
12547 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
12548 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
12549 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
12550 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
12551 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
12552 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
12553 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
12554 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
12555
12556 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
12557 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
12558 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
12559 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
12560 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
12561 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
12562 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
12563 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
12564 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
12565 interface.
12566
12567 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
12568 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
12569 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
12570 luks.name= argument.
12571
12572 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
12573 (this was previously already available for scope and service
12574 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
12575 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
12576 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
12577 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
12578
12579 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
12580 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
12581 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
12582
12583 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
12584 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
12585 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
12586 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
12587 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
12588 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
12589 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
12590 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12591 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
12592 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
12593 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
12594 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
12595 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
12596 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
12597 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
12598 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12599 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
12600 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12601
12602 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
12603
12604 CHANGES WITH 217:
12605
12606 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
12607 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
12608 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
12609 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
12610
12611 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
12612 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
12613 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
12614 now waits until the operation is complete.
12615
12616 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
12617 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
12618 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
12619 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
12620 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
12621 connection.
12622
12623 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
12624 commands anymore.
12625
12626 * User units are now loaded also from
12627 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
12628 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
12629 supported, but is under the control of the user.
12630
12631 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
12632 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
12633 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
12634 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
12635 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
12636 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
12637 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
12638 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
12639 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
12640 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
12641 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
12642 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
12643 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
12644 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
12645 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
12646 question.
12647
12648 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
12649 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
12650 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
12651
12652 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
12653 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
12654 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
12655 command line to trigger resume.
12656
12657 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
12658 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
12659 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
12660 Desktop=systemd-console.
12661
12662 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
12663 systemd-networkd.
12664
12665 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
12666 from the information provided by the networking stack
12667 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
12668
12669 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
12670 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
12671
12672 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
12673 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
12674 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
12675
12676 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
12677
12678 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
12679 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
12680 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
12681 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
12682 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
12683 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
12684
12685 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
12686 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
12687 respected.
12688
12689 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
12690 virtualization.
12691
12692 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
12693 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
12694 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
12695 on.
12696
12697 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
12698
12699 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
12700
12701 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
12702 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
12703 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
12704 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
12705 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
12706 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
12707 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
12708
12709 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
12710 available for service units, that allows locking all service
12711 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
12712 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
12713 from the service's view entirely.
12714
12715 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
12716 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
12717
12718 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
12719 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
12720 session.
12721
12722 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
12723 legacy-free systems.
12724
12725 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
12726 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
12727 easily.
12728
12729 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
12730 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
12731 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
12732 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
12733 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
12734 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
12735 option.
12736
12737 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
12738 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
12739 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
12740 /usr.
12741
12742 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
12743 services, not only the main process.
12744
12745 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
12746 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
12747 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
12748 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
12749 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
12750
12751 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
12752 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
12753 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
12754 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
12755 directly from now on, again.
12756
12757 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
12758 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
12759 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
12760 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
12761 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
12762 enabling and disabling.
12763
12764 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
12765 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
12766 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
12767 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
12768 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
12769 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
12770 unnecessary or unlikely.
12771
12772 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
12773 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
12774 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
12775 "annually", "hourly", …).
12776
12777 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
12778 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
12779 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
12780 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
12781 overwritten at runtime.
12782
12783 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
12784 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
12785 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
12786 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
12787 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
12788 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
12789 segmentation fault.
12790
12791 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
12792 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
12793 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
12794 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
12795 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
12796 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
12797 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
12798 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
12799 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
12800 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
12801 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
12802 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
12803 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
12804 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
12805 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
12806 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
12807 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
12808 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
12809 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12810 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12811 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
12812 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12813
12814 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
12815
12816 CHANGES WITH 216:
12817
12818 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
12819 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
12820 implementations should add a
12821
12822 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
12823
12824 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
12825 default functionality.
12826
12827 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
12828 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
12829 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
12830 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
12831 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
12832 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
12833 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
12834 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
12835 files might need to be owned by them. A new
12836 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
12837 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
12838 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
12839 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
12840
12841 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
12842 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
12843 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
12844 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
12845 added eventually, too.
12846
12847 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
12848 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
12849 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
12850 new command to update these fields.
12851
12852 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
12853 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
12854 have been discovered via DHCP.
12855
12856 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
12857 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
12858 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
12859 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
12860 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
12861 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
12862 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
12863 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
12864 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
12865 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
12866 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
12867 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
12868 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
12869 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
12870 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
12871 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
12872 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
12873 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
12874 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
12875 implementation to systemd-resolved.
12876
12877 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
12878 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
12879 containers to their respective IP addresses.
12880
12881 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
12882 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
12883 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
12884 and present it to the user in a very friendly
12885 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
12886 control utility for networkd.
12887
12888 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
12889 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
12890 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
12891 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
12892 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
12893 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
12894 (NoDelay=).
12895
12896 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
12897 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
12898
12899 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
12900 be started only after time-sync.target has been
12901 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
12902 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
12903 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
12904 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
12905
12906 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
12907 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
12908 of the link.
12909
12910 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
12911 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
12912
12913 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
12914 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
12915
12916 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
12917 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
12918 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
12919 for DHCP.
12920
12921 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
12922 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
12923 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
12924 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
12925 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
12926 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
12927 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
12928 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
12929
12930 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
12931 validation of unit files.
12932
12933 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
12934 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
12935 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
12936 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
12937 address may now be configured.
12938
12939 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
12940 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
12941 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
12942 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
12943
12944 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
12945 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
12946
12947 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
12948 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
12949 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
12950 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
12951
12952 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
12953 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
12954 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
12955 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
12956 implementation.
12957
12958 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
12959 journal data to a remote system running
12960 systemd-journal-remote.
12961
12962 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
12963 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
12964 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
12965 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
12966 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
12967 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
12968 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
12969 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
12970 version, you have to turn this option on again
12971 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
12972
12973 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
12974 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
12975 better than XZ which was the previous default.
12976
12977 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
12978 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
12979
12980 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
12981 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
12982
12983 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
12984 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
12985 "systemctl status" output for a service.
12986
12987 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
12988 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
12989 hostname, root password) interactively on first
12990 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
12991 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
12992
12993 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
12994
12995 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
12996
12997 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
12998 when primary addresses are removed.
12999
13000 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
13001 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
13002 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
13003 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
13004 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
13005 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
13006 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13007 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
13008 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
13009 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
13010 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
13011 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
13012 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
13013 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
13014 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13015
13016 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
13017
13018 CHANGES WITH 215:
13019
13020 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
13021 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
13022 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
13023 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
13024 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
13025 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
13026 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
13027 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
13028 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
13029 require.
13030
13031 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
13032 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
13033
13034 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
13035 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
13036 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
13037 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
13038 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
13039 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
13040 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
13041
13042 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
13043 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
13044 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
13045 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
13046 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
13047 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
13048 update or reset should use this condition and order
13049 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
13050 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
13051 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
13052 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
13053 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
13054 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
13055 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
13056 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
13057 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
13058
13059 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
13060
13061 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
13062 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
13063 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
13064 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
13065
13066 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
13067 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
13068 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
13069 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
13070 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
13071 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
13072 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
13073 .network files using settings of this section should be
13074 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
13075 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
13076
13077 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
13078 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
13079
13080 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
13081 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
13082 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
13083 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
13084 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
13085 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
13086 of nspawn instances.
13087
13088 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
13089 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
13090 added.
13091
13092 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
13093 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
13094 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
13095 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
13096 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
13097 configuration stored in /etc.
13098
13099 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
13100 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
13101 parsing of unknown mount options.
13102
13103 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
13104 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
13105 it already exist and not already be the correct
13106 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
13107 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
13108 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
13109 pre-existing files of different types.
13110
13111 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
13112 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
13113 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
13114 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
13115 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
13116 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
13117 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
13118
13119 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
13120 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
13121 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
13122 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
13123 shall be executed.
13124
13125 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
13126 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
13127 example whether it is fully up and running.
13128
13129 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
13130 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
13131 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
13132 reset.
13133
13134 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
13135 most basic services systemd ships by default.
13136
13137 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
13138 field for defining the default instance to create if a
13139 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
13140
13141 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
13142 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
13143 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
13144
13145 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
13146 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
13147 access to this group.
13148
13149 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
13150 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
13151 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
13152 to the journal.
13153
13154 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
13155 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
13156 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
13157 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
13158 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
13159 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
13160
13161 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
13162 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
13163 that makes sure to only show information about the most
13164 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
13165 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
13166 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
13167 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
13168 the old name to the new name.
13169
13170 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
13171 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
13172 coredumpctl without restrictions.
13173
13174 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
13175 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
13176 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
13177 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
13178 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
13179 "systemd-debug-generator".
13180
13181 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
13182 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
13183 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
13184 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
13185 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
13186 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
13187 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
13188 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
13189 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
13190 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
13191 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
13192
13193 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
13194 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
13195 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
13196 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
13197 been added to query many of these paths for the local
13198 machine and user.
13199
13200 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
13201 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
13202 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
13203 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
13204 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
13205
13206 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
13207 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
13208 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
13209 couple of drop-in directories.
13210
13211 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
13212 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
13213 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
13214 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
13215 for dev_port.
13216
13217 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
13218 container (read from /etc/os-release and
13219 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
13220 "machinectl status" for a machine.
13221
13222 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
13223 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
13224 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
13225 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
13226 Restart= setting.
13227
13228 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
13229 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
13230 directly connect to a specific container on the
13231 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
13232 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
13233 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
13234 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
13235 containers is a privileged operation.
13236
13237 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
13238 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
13239 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
13240 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
13241 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13242 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
13243 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
13244 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
13245 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
13246 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
13247 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
13248 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13249
13250 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
13251
13252 CHANGES WITH 214:
13253
13254 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
13255 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
13256 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
13257 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
13258 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
13259 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
13260 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
13261 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
13262 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
13263 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
13264 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
13265 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
13266 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
13267 devices are excluded from this logic.
13268
13269 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
13270 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
13271 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
13272 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
13273 change has been released.
13274
13275 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
13276 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
13277 libattr is thus unnecessary.
13278
13279 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
13280 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
13281 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
13282 with fewer privileges.
13283
13284 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
13285 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
13286 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
13287 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
13288
13289 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
13290 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
13291
13292 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
13293 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
13294
13295 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
13296 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
13297 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
13298
13299 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
13300 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
13301 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
13302 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
13303 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
13304 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
13305
13306 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
13307 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
13308 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
13309
13310 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
13311 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
13312 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
13313 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
13314 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
13315 modifications of user data or system files from
13316 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
13317 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
13318
13319 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
13320 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
13321 and FIFOs in the file system.
13322
13323 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
13324 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
13325 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
13326
13327 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
13328 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
13329 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
13330 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
13331 the socket itself.
13332
13333 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
13334 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
13335 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
13336 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
13337 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
13338 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
13339 symlinks, and nothing else.
13340
13341 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
13342 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
13343 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
13344 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
13345 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
13346 process (for example, the parent process). The
13347 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
13348 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
13349 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
13350 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
13351 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
13352 messages to services when the originating process already
13353 vanished.
13354
13355 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
13356 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
13357 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
13358 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
13359 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
13360 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
13361 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
13362 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
13363 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
13364 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
13365 all long-running services.
13366
13367 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
13368 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
13369 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
13370 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
13371 service.
13372
13373 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
13374 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
13375 applied to all submounts, too.
13376
13377 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
13378
13379 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
13380 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
13381 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
13382 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
13383 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
13384 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
13385 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
13386
13387 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
13388 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
13389 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
13390 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
13391 (domU) domains.
13392
13393 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
13394 files or entire directories.
13395
13396 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
13397 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
13398 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
13399 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
13400 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
13401
13402 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
13403 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
13404 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
13405 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
13406 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
13407 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
13408 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
13409 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
13410 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
13411 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
13412 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
13413 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
13414
13415 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
13416 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
13417 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
13418 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
13419
13420 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
13421 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
13422 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
13423 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
13424 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
13425 non-directories.
13426
13427 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
13428 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
13429 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
13430
13431 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
13432 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
13433 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
13434 this group.
13435
13436 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
13437 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
13438 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
13439 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
13440 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13441 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
13442 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13443
13444 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
13445
13446 CHANGES WITH 213:
13447
13448 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
13449 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
13450 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
13451 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
13452 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
13453 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
13454 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
13455 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
13456 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
13457 client should be more than appropriate for most
13458 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
13459 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
13460 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
13461 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
13462 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
13463 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
13464 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
13465 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
13466 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
13467 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
13468 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
13469
13470 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
13471 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
13472 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
13473 part of a different namespace.
13474
13475 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
13476 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
13477 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
13478 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
13479
13480 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
13481 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
13482 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
13483
13484 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
13485 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
13486 when a service fails. This works similarly to
13487 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
13488 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
13489 restart the service in question.
13490
13491 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
13492 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
13493 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
13494 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
13495 details when running non-locally.
13496
13497 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
13498 graphs it generates.
13499
13500 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
13501 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
13502 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
13503 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
13504 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
13505
13506 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
13507
13508 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
13509 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
13510 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
13511 what it was on SysV systems.
13512
13513 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
13514 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
13515
13516 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
13517 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
13518 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
13519
13520 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
13521 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
13522 to show these addresses in its output.
13523
13524 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
13525 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
13526 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
13527 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
13528 preferred over a text one.
13529
13530 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
13531 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
13532 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
13533 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
13534 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
13535 mDNS cache.
13536
13537 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
13538 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
13539 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
13540 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
13541 of network configuration performed in some other way.
13542
13543 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
13544 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
13545 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
13546 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
13547 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
13548
13549 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
13550 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
13551 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
13552 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
13553 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
13554 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
13555 overrides any other settings.
13556
13557 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
13558 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13559 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
13560 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
13561 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
13562 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
13563 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
13564 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
13565 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13566 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
13567 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
13568 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
13569 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
13570 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
13571 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
13572 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
13573 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13574
13575 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
13576
13577 CHANGES WITH 212:
13578
13579 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
13580 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
13581 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
13582 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
13583 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
13584 by accident.
13585
13586 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
13587 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
13588 registered with machined.
13589
13590 * sd-login gained new calls
13591 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
13592 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
13593 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
13594 counterparts.
13595
13596 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
13597 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
13598 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
13599 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
13600 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
13601 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
13602 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
13603 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
13604 once.
13605
13606 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
13607 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
13608 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
13609
13610 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
13611 units on all local containers, when used with the
13612 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
13613 executed when no parameters are specified).
13614
13615 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
13616 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
13617 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
13618 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
13619
13620 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
13621 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
13622 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
13623 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
13624 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
13625 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
13626
13627 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
13628 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
13629 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
13630 of the container.
13631
13632 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
13633 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
13634 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
13635 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
13636 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
13637 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
13638 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
13639 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
13640
13641 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
13642 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
13643 instead of /.
13644
13645 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
13646 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
13647 emergency messages now.
13648
13649 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
13650 journal log messages across the network.
13651
13652 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
13653 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
13654 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
13655 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
13656 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
13657 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
13658 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
13659
13660 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
13661 down a local OS container.
13662
13663 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
13664 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
13665 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
13666
13667 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
13668 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
13669 this is appropriate.
13670
13671 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
13672 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
13673 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
13674
13675 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
13676 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
13677 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
13678 for debugging purposes.
13679
13680 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
13681 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
13682 in seconds.
13683
13684 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
13685 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
13686 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
13687 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
13688 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
13689 like on traditional inetd.
13690
13691 * A new system.conf configuration option
13692 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
13693 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
13694
13695 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
13696 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
13697 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
13698 do these days).
13699
13700 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
13701 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
13702 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
13703 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
13704 could not take place because the system was powered off.
13705 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
13706
13707 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
13708 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
13709 it will be triggered.
13710
13711 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
13712 addresses to its local interfaces.
13713
13714 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
13715 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
13716 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
13717 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
13718 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
13719 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
13720 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
13721 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
13722 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13723
13724 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
13725
13726 CHANGES WITH 211:
13727
13728 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
13729 added to restrict which socket address families unit
13730 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
13731 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
13732 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
13733 is built on seccomp system call filters.
13734
13735 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
13736 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
13737 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
13738 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
13739 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
13740 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
13741 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
13742 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
13743 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
13744
13745 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
13746 matching against device group names.
13747
13748 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
13749 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
13750 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
13751 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
13752 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
13753 though.
13754
13755 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
13756 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
13757 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
13758 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
13759 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13760 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
13761 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
13762 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
13763 systems prepared appropriately.
13764
13765 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
13766 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
13767 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13768 (see above). This means that installations made with
13769 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
13770 deployed using container managers, completely
13771 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
13772 this feature soon, too.)
13773
13774 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
13775 set up a private macvlan interface for the
13776 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
13777 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
13778
13779 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
13780 using IPv4LL.
13781
13782 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
13783 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
13784 systemd-networkd.
13785
13786 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
13787 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
13788 still not a public API though (unless you specify
13789 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
13790 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
13791
13792 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
13793 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
13794 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
13795 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
13796 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
13797 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
13798 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
13799 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
13800 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
13801 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
13802 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
13803 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
13804 users.
13805
13806 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
13807 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
13808 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
13809 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
13810 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
13811 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
13812 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
13813 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
13814 due to a closed lid.
13815
13816 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
13817 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
13818 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
13819 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
13820 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
13821 order to then act as suspend blocker.
13822
13823 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
13824 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
13825 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
13826 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
13827 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
13828
13829 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
13830 now also work in --scope mode.
13831
13832 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
13833 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
13834 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
13835 promises are made.)
13836
13837 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
13838 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
13839 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
13840 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
13841 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
13842 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
13843 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
13844 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
13845 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
13846 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13847
13848 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
13849
13850 CHANGES WITH 210:
13851
13852 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
13853 according to SMACK rules.
13854
13855 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
13856 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
13857
13858 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
13859 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
13860 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
13861
13862 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
13863 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
13864 and machine ID.
13865
13866 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
13867 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
13868 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
13869 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
13870 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
13871 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
13872 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
13873 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
13874 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
13875 backpack or similar.
13876
13877 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
13878 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
13879 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
13880 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
13881 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
13882 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
13883 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
13884 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
13885 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
13886 this on its own.
13887
13888 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
13889 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
13890 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
13891 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
13892
13893 * We will now ship a default .network file for
13894 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
13895 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
13896 --network-bridge= switches.
13897
13898 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
13899 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
13900 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
13901 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
13902 metrics, according to what is customary according to
13903 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
13904 each configuration option.
13905
13906 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
13907 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
13908 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
13909 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
13910 at once.
13911
13912 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
13913 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
13914 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
13915 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
13916 triggered by other work being done in the program.
13917
13918 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
13919 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
13920 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
13921 default however.
13922
13923 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
13924 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
13925 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
13926 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
13927 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
13928 them with systemd-networkd.
13929
13930 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
13931 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
13932 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
13933 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
13934 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
13935 is drastically increased, but given that these are
13936 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
13937 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
13938 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
13939 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
13940 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
13941 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
13942 during a transitional period!
13943
13944 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
13945 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
13946
13947 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
13948 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
13949 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
13950 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
13951 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
13952 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
13953 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
13954 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13955
13956 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
13957
13958 CHANGES WITH 209:
13959
13960 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
13961 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
13962 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
13963 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
13964 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
13965 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
13966 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
13967 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
13968 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
13969 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
13970 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
13971 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
13972
13973 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
13974 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
13975 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
13976 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
13977 machines and the like.
13978
13979 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
13980 shutdown/boot.
13981
13982 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
13983 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
13984
13985 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
13986 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
13987 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
13988 prepared for additional security frameworks.
13989
13990 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
13991 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
13992 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
13993 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
13994 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
13995 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
13996
13997 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
13998 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
13999 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
14000 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
14001 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
14002 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
14003 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
14004 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
14005 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
14006
14007 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
14008 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
14009
14010 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
14011 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
14012 implementation.
14013
14014 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
14015 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
14016 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
14017 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
14018 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
14019 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
14020 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
14021 and .service units.
14022
14023 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
14024 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
14025 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
14026
14027 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
14028 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
14029 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
14030 nothing makes use of it.
14031
14032 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
14033 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
14034 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
14035
14036 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
14037 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
14038 compatibility purposes.
14039
14040 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
14041 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
14042 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
14043 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
14044 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
14045 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
14046 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
14047 process handling.
14048
14049 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
14050 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
14051 style to "sd-bus.h".
14052
14053 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
14054 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
14055 "systemd-networkd".
14056
14057 * There is a new kernel command line option
14058 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
14059 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
14060 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
14061 are not restored.
14062
14063 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
14064 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
14065 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
14066 PID1's support for that anymore.
14067
14068 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
14069 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
14070
14071 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
14072 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
14073 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
14074 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
14075 container that is registered with machined, such as those
14076 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
14077
14078 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
14079 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
14080 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
14081 onto remote systems.
14082
14083 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
14084 login in any local container. This works with any container
14085 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
14086 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
14087
14088 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
14089 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
14090 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
14091 system of some kind.
14092
14093 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
14094 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
14095 next.
14096
14097 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
14098 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
14099 reboot() system call.
14100
14101 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
14102 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
14103 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
14104 still available but not advertised anymore.
14105
14106 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
14107 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
14108 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
14109 within each Unit.
14110
14111 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
14112 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
14113 the kernel).
14114
14115 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
14116 timestamps (following the setting in
14117 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
14118
14119 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
14120 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
14121
14122 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
14123 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
14124
14125 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
14126 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
14127 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
14128
14129 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
14130 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
14131 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
14132 the full configuration is shown.
14133
14134 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
14135 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
14136 those commands which take multiple unit names.
14137
14138 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
14139
14140 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
14141 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
14142
14143 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
14144 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
14145 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
14146 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
14147
14148 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
14149 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
14150 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
14151 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
14152
14153 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
14154 of the legend text.
14155
14156 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
14157 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
14158 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
14159 remote sessions.
14160
14161 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
14162 information of SDIO devices.
14163
14164 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
14165 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
14166 the system manager.
14167
14168 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
14169 short description of the connection parameters in the
14170 description.
14171
14172 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
14173 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
14174 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
14175 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
14176 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
14177 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
14178 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
14179
14180 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
14181 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
14182 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
14183 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
14184 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
14185 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
14186 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
14187 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
14188 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
14189
14190 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
14191 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
14192 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
14193 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
14194 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
14195 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
14196 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
14197 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
14198 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
14199 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
14200 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
14201 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
14202 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
14203 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
14204 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
14205 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
14206 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
14207 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
14208 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
14209 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
14210 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
14211 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
14212 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
14213
14214 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
14215 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
14216 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
14217 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
14218 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
14219 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
14220 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
14221 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
14222 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
14223 that you are aware of the instability of the current
14224 APIs.
14225
14226 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
14227 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
14228 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
14229 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
14230 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
14231 declare the APIs stable.
14232
14233 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
14234 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
14235 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
14236 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
14237 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
14238 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
14239 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
14240 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
14241 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
14242 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
14243 one of them is updated.
14244
14245 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
14246 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
14247 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
14248 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
14249 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
14250
14251 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
14252 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
14253 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
14254 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
14255 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
14256 entry points.
14257
14258 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
14259 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
14260 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
14261 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
14262 been disabled at compile-time.
14263
14264 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
14265 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
14266 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
14267 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
14268
14269 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
14270 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
14271 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
14272
14273 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
14274 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
14275 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
14276
14277 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
14278 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
14279 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
14280
14281 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
14282 remains until jobs expire.
14283
14284 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
14285 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
14286 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
14287 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
14288 all remaining processes of the service.
14289
14290 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
14291 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
14292 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
14293 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
14294 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
14295 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
14296 manager process which created them takes no further
14297 responsibilities for it.
14298
14299 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
14300 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
14301 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
14302 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
14303 marked executable or world-writable.
14304
14305 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
14306 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
14307 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
14308 "--setenv=" for consistency.
14309
14310 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
14311 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
14312 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
14313 independent of the host.
14314
14315 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
14316 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
14317 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
14318 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
14319
14320 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
14321 with specific SELinux labels set.
14322
14323 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
14324 any additional output but the container's own console
14325 output.
14326
14327 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
14328 container without PID namespacing enabled.
14329
14330 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
14331 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
14332 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
14333 OS images, but only specific apps.
14334
14335 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
14336 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
14337 results in registration of the unit service itself in
14338 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
14339
14340 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
14341 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
14342 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
14343 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
14344 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
14345 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
14346
14347 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
14348 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
14349 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
14350 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
14351 units to use.
14352
14353 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
14354 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
14355 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
14356 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
14357
14358 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
14359 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
14360 context for a service.
14361
14362 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
14363 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
14364 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
14365 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
14366 influence this logic.
14367
14368 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
14369 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
14370 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
14371 other things.
14372
14373 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
14374 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
14375 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
14376 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
14377 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
14378 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
14379 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
14380 architectures). There is also a global
14381 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
14382 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
14383
14384 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
14385 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
14386
14387 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
14388 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
14389 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
14390 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
14391 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
14392 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
14393 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
14394 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
14395 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
14396 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
14397 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
14398 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
14399 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14400 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
14401 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
14402 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
14403 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
14404 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
14405 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
14406 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
14407 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
14408 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
14409 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
14410 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14411
14412 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
14413
14414 CHANGES WITH 208:
14415
14416 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
14417 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
14418 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
14419 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
14420 access input and drm devices which are normally
14421 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
14422 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
14423 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
14424 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
14425 session switching without allowing background sessions to
14426 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
14427 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
14428 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
14429
14430 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
14431 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
14432 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
14433
14434 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
14435 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
14436 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
14437 kernel version number.
14438
14439 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
14440 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
14441 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
14442
14443 * This release removes high-level support for the
14444 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
14445 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
14446 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
14447 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
14448
14449 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
14450 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
14451 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
14452 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
14453 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
14454 cgroup system.
14455
14456 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
14457 messages containing the slice a message was generated
14458 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
14459 logs among other things.
14460
14461 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
14462 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
14463 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
14464 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
14465 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
14466 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
14467 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
14468 journald which would be necessary to resolve
14469 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
14470 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
14471 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
14472 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
14473 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
14474 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
14475 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
14476 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
14477 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
14478 not delayed until next reboot.
14479
14480 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
14481 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
14482 systemd generated files in one directory.
14483
14484 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
14485 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
14486 performance information if that's available to determine how
14487 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
14488 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
14489 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
14490
14491 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
14492 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
14493 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
14494 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14495 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
14496 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
14497 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14498
14499 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
14500
14501 CHANGES WITH 207:
14502
14503 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
14504 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
14505 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
14506 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
14507
14508 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
14509 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
14510 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
14511 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
14512 specified on the kernel command line less important.
14513
14514 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
14515 retrieve the VT number of a session.
14516
14517 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
14518 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
14519 maximum number of tries.
14520
14521 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
14522 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
14523 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
14524
14525 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
14526 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
14527
14528 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
14529 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
14530 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
14531
14532 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
14533 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
14534 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
14535
14536 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
14537 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
14538 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
14539 and type).
14540
14541 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
14542 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
14543
14544 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
14545 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
14546 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
14547 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
14548
14549 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
14550 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
14551 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
14552 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
14553 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
14554 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
14555 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
14556 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
14557
14558 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
14559 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
14560 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
14561 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
14562
14563 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
14564 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
14565 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
14566 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
14567 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
14568 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
14569 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
14570
14571 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
14572 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
14573
14574 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
14575 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
14576 automatically after the process terminated.
14577
14578 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
14579 certain paths from operation.
14580
14581 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
14582 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
14583 is received.
14584
14585 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
14586 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
14587 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
14588 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
14589 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
14590 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
14591 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
14592 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
14593 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
14594 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
14595 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14596 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
14597 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14598
14599 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
14600
14601 CHANGES WITH 206:
14602
14603 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
14604 concepts introduced with 205.
14605
14606 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
14607 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
14608 -r".
14609
14610 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
14611 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
14612 --state= parameter.
14613
14614 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
14615 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
14616 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
14617 the journal.
14618
14619 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
14620 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
14621 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
14622
14623 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
14624 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
14625 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
14626 browsing logs from that point on.
14627
14628 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
14629 of an FSS key.
14630
14631 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
14632 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
14633 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
14634 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
14635 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
14636 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
14637 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
14638 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
14639 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
14640 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
14641 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
14642 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
14643 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
14644 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
14645
14646 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
14647 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
14648 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
14649 backing module right-away.
14650
14651 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
14652 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
14653
14654 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
14655 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
14656
14657 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
14658 set of processes in the message metadata.
14659
14660 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
14661
14662 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
14663 support for passing performance data via environment
14664 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
14665 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
14666 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
14667 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
14668 deserialize it again.
14669
14670 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
14671 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
14672 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
14673 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
14674
14675 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
14676 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
14677 completely silent shutdown when used.
14678
14679 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
14680 option in .socket units.
14681
14682 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
14683 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
14684 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
14685 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
14686 system.slice as before.
14687
14688 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
14689
14690 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
14691 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
14692 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14693 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
14694 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
14695 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
14696 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14697
14698 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
14699
14700 CHANGES WITH 205:
14701
14702 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
14703
14704 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
14705 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
14706 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
14707 possible for system services and applications to group their
14708 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
14709 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
14710 together, or apply resource limits on them.
14711
14712 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
14713 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
14714 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
14715 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
14716 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
14717
14718 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
14719 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
14720 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
14721 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
14722
14723 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
14724 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
14725 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
14726 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
14727 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
14728 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
14729 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
14730 and useful as a general batch manager.
14731
14732 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
14733 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
14734 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
14735 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
14736 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
14737 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
14738 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
14739 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
14740 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
14741 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
14742
14743 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
14744 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
14745 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
14746 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
14747 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
14748 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
14749 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
14750 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
14751 is compile-time optional.
14752
14753 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
14754 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
14755 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
14756 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
14757 well as slice units.
14758
14759 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
14760 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
14761 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
14762 but will be extended later on to make more properties
14763 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
14764 command that wraps this call.
14765
14766 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
14767 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
14768 while configuring a number of settings via the command
14769 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
14770 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
14771 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
14772 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
14773
14774 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
14775 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
14776 off audit.
14777
14778 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
14779 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
14780
14781 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
14782 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
14783 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
14784 and system logs.
14785
14786 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
14787 snippets extending unit files.
14788
14789 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
14790 not available as public API.
14791
14792 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
14793 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
14794 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
14795
14796 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
14797 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
14798 controls what to boot into by default.
14799
14800 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
14801 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
14802
14803 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
14804 generators needed for execution, as well as information
14805 about the unit file loading.
14806
14807 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
14808 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
14809 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
14810 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
14811 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
14812 racy due to journal file rotation.
14813
14814 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
14815 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
14816 all services.
14817
14818 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
14819 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
14820 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
14821 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
14822 system services want to log events about specific client
14823 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
14824 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
14825 unit is requested.
14826
14827 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
14828 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
14829 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
14830 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
14831 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
14832 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14833 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
14834 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
14835 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
14836 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
14837 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
14838 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
14839 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
14840
14841 CHANGES WITH 204:
14842
14843 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
14844 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
14845
14846 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
14847 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
14848 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
14849
14850 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
14851 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14852
14853 CHANGES WITH 203:
14854
14855 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
14856 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
14857
14858 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
14859 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
14860 fields, including the root directory.
14861
14862 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
14863 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
14864 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
14865 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
14866 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
14867 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
14868 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
14869 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
14870 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
14871 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
14872 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
14873
14874 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
14875 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
14876
14877 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
14878 have taken an inhibitor lock.
14879
14880 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
14881 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
14882 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
14883 the local hostname.
14884
14885 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
14886 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
14887 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
14888 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
14889 VMs/containers coming and going.
14890
14891 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
14892 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
14893 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
14894
14895 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
14896 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
14897 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
14898 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
14899
14900 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
14901 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
14902 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
14903
14904 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
14905 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
14906 services. With the container's root directory in
14907 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
14908 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
14909
14910 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
14911 the processes within a certain container.
14912
14913 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
14914 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
14915 check though. Patches welcome!
14916
14917 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
14918 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
14919 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
14920 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
14921 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
14922
14923 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
14924 the passed argument if applicable.
14925
14926 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
14927 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
14928 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
14929 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
14930 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
14931 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
14932 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
14933 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14934
14935 CHANGES WITH 202:
14936
14937 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
14938 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
14939 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
14940 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
14941 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
14942 units activate.
14943
14944 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
14945 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
14946 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
14947 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
14948 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
14949 for now, and not installable.
14950
14951 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
14952 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
14953 can run in conjunction with udev.
14954
14955 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
14956 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
14957 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
14958 session manager.
14959
14960 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
14961 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
14962 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
14963 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
14964 services, user processes and containers/virtual
14965 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
14966 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
14967 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
14968 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
14969 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
14970 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
14971
14972 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
14973
14974 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
14975 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
14976 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
14977 logical expressions.
14978
14979 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
14980 switches.
14981
14982 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
14983 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
14984 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
14985 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
14986 the user.
14987
14988 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
14989 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
14990 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
14991 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
14992 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
14993 an entry.
14994
14995 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
14996 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14997 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
14998 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14999 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
15000 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15001
15002 CHANGES WITH 201:
15003
15004 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
15005 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
15006 directory.
15007
15008 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
15009 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
15010 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
15011 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
15012 problem.
15013
15014 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
15015 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
15016 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
15017 before the key file is attempted to be read.
15018
15019 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
15020 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
15021
15022 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
15023 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
15024 files in this context are files such as
15025 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
15026
15027 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
15028 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
15029 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
15030 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
15031 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
15032 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
15033
15034 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
15035 hostnames.
15036
15037 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
15038 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
15039 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
15040 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
15041 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
15042 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
15043 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
15044 all time-related output of systemd.
15045
15046 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
15047 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
15048 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
15049 loops.
15050
15051 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
15052 (models, layouts, variants, options).
15053
15054 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
15055 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
15056 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
15057 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
15058 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
15059
15060 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
15061 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
15062 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
15063 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
15064 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
15065 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
15066 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
15067
15068 CHANGES WITH 200:
15069
15070 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
15071 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
15072 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
15073 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
15074 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
15075 middle ground between physical and access time order.
15076
15077 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
15078 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
15079 images.
15080
15081 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
15082 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
15083 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15084
15085 CHANGES WITH 199:
15086
15087 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
15088
15089 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
15090 security policy.
15091
15092 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
15093 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
15094 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
15095 shared by all processes of a service (which means
15096 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
15097 the same service can still access). When a service is
15098 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
15099 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
15100 this though).
15101
15102 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
15103 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
15104 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
15105 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
15106 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
15107 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
15108
15109 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
15110 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
15111
15112 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
15113 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
15114
15115 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
15116
15117 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
15118 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
15119 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
15120 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
15121 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
15122
15123 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
15124 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
15125 system is to be mounted.
15126
15127 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
15128 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
15129 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
15130 purpose for socket units.
15131
15132 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
15133 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
15134
15135 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
15136 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
15137 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
15138 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
15139 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
15140
15141 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
15142 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
15143 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
15144 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15145 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
15146 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
15147 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
15148 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15149 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15150
15151 CHANGES WITH 198:
15152
15153 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
15154 files without having to edit/override the unit files
15155 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
15156 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
15157 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
15158 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
15159 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
15160 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
15161 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
15162 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
15163 unit files locally: copying the files from
15164 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
15165 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
15166 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
15167 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
15168 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
15169 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
15170 for them too.
15171
15172 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
15173 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
15174 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
15175 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
15176 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
15177 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
15178 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
15179 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
15180 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
15181
15182 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
15183 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
15184
15185 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
15186 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
15187 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
15188 other users.
15189
15190 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
15191 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
15192 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
15193 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
15194 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
15195 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
15196 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
15197 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
15198 management logic is also available to other programs via the
15199 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
15200 supported.
15201
15202 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
15203 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
15204 the foreground VT.
15205
15206 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
15207 call.
15208
15209 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
15210 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
15211 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
15212 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
15213 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
15214 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
15215 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
15216 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
15217 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
15218 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
15219 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
15220 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
15221 also been removed.
15222
15223 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
15224 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
15225 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
15226 objects themselves.
15227
15228 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
15229
15230 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
15231 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
15232 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
15233 to how this is supported in shells.
15234
15235 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
15236 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
15237 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
15238 user systemd instance.
15239
15240 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
15241 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
15242 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
15243 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
15244 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
15245 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
15246 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
15247 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
15248 one day for good in the kernel.
15249
15250 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
15251 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
15252 container.
15253
15254 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
15255 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
15256 the host into the container.
15257
15258 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
15259 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
15260 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
15261 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
15262 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
15263 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
15264
15265 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
15266
15267 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
15268 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
15269 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
15270 configured to be mounted there.
15271
15272 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
15273 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
15274 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
15275 system resume events.
15276
15277 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
15278 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
15279 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
15280 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
15281
15282 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
15283 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
15284 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
15285 card).
15286
15287 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
15288 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
15289 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
15290
15291 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
15292 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
15293 later "change" event.
15294
15295 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
15296 now carry a message ID.
15297
15298 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
15299 continues to be work in progress.
15300
15301 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
15302 root directory to operate relative to.
15303
15304 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
15305 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
15306 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
15307 times a little.
15308
15309 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
15310 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
15311 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
15312 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
15313 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
15314 request boot into firmware operations.
15315
15316 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
15317 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
15318 correctly in initrds.
15319
15320 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
15321 compile time optional via a configure switch.
15322
15323 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
15324 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
15325
15326 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
15327 the status of all active or failed units.
15328
15329 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
15330 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
15331 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
15332 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
15333 requests more robust.
15334
15335 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
15336 reading journal files.
15337
15338 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
15339 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
15340
15341 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
15342
15343 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
15344 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
15345
15346 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
15347 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
15348 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
15349 socket activation in daemons.
15350
15351 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
15352 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
15353
15354 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
15355 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
15356 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
15357
15358 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
15359 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
15360 system units.
15361
15362 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
15363 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
15364 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
15365
15366 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
15367 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
15368 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
15369 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
15370 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
15371 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
15372 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
15373 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
15374 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
15375 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
15376 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
15377 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
15378 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
15379 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
15380 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
15381 package installation time.
15382
15383 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
15384 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
15385 scripts need to create these system user/group at
15386 installation time.
15387
15388 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
15389 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
15390
15391 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
15392
15393 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
15394 available.
15395
15396 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
15397 load SMACK policies at early boot.
15398
15399 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
15400 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
15401 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
15402 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
15403 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15404 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
15405 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
15406 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
15407 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
15408 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
15409 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
15410 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
15411 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
15412 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
15413
15414 CHANGES WITH 197:
15415
15416 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
15417 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
15418 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
15419 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
15420 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
15421 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
15422 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
15423 the supported calendar time specification language see
15424 systemd.time(7).
15425
15426 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
15427 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
15428 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
15429 document for details:
15430
15431 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
15432
15433 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
15434 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
15435 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
15436 implementations around and minimal in its code and
15437 dependencies.
15438
15439 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
15440 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
15441 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
15442 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
15443 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
15444 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
15445 with a configure switch.
15446
15447 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
15448 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
15449 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
15450 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
15451 such as ext4.
15452
15453 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
15454 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
15455 identities are attached to the devices as well.
15456
15457 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
15458 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
15459
15460 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
15461 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
15462 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
15463 using only core OS tools.
15464
15465 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
15466 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
15467 implementation of socket activated nspawn
15468 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
15469 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
15470 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
15471 eventually.
15472
15473 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
15474 presenting log data.
15475
15476 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
15477 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
15478
15479 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
15480 system on idle.
15481
15482 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
15483 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
15484 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
15485 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
15486 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
15487 information if possible.
15488
15489 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
15490 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
15491 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
15492
15493 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
15494 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
15495 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
15496 is running on battery power.
15497
15498 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
15499 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
15500 is in the "failed" state.
15501
15502 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
15503 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
15504 environment files at once.
15505
15506 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
15507 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
15508 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
15509 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
15510 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
15511 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
15512 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
15513 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
15514 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
15515 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
15516 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
15517 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
15518 pieces of code locally from the git history.
15519
15520 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
15521 log the unit name in the message meta data.
15522
15523 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
15524 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
15525
15526 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
15527 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
15528 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
15529 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
15530 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
15531 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
15532 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
15533 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
15534 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
15535 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
15536 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
15537 shipped from us upstream.
15538
15539 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
15540 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
15541 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
15542 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
15543 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15544 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
15545 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
15546 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
15547 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
15548 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
15549 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
15550 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
15551 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15552
15553 CHANGES WITH 196:
15554
15555 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
15556 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
15557 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
15558 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
15559 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
15560 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
15561 becoming the one central database for non-essential
15562 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
15563 database was only attached to select devices, since the
15564 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
15565 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
15566 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
15567 data for all devices where this is available, by
15568 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
15569 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
15570 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
15571 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
15572 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
15573 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
15574
15575 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
15576 indexed database to link up additional information with
15577 journal entries. For further details please check:
15578
15579 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
15580
15581 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
15582 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
15583 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
15584 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
15585 macro for this purpose.
15586
15587 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
15588 Python logging framework.
15589
15590 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
15591 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
15592 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
15593 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
15594 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
15595 time intervals.
15596
15597 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
15598 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
15599 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
15600
15601 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
15602 right-away on the selected coredump.
15603
15604 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
15605 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
15606 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
15607
15608 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
15609 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
15610 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
15611 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
15612
15613 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
15614 default.
15615
15616 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
15617 SMACK security label.
15618
15619 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
15620 daylight saving change.
15621
15622 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
15623 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
15624 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
15625 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
15626 distributions who still need support this to either continue
15627 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
15628 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
15629
15630 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
15631 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
15632 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
15633 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
15634 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
15635 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
15636 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
15637
15638 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
15639 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
15640
15641 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
15642 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
15643 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
15644 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
15645 offline updating tools.
15646
15647 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
15648 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
15649 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
15650 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
15651 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
15652 directories for packages to place various data files in.
15653
15654 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
15655 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
15656
15657 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
15658 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15659 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
15660 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15661 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
15662 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
15663 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
15664 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
15665 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15666
15667 CHANGES WITH 195:
15668
15669 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
15670 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
15671 units via --unit=/-u.
15672
15673 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
15674 right thing.
15675
15676 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
15677 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
15678 rotation.
15679
15680 * The journal will now index the available field values for
15681 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
15682 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
15683 completion of journalctl has been updated
15684 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
15685 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
15686
15687 * More service events are now written as structured messages
15688 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
15689
15690 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
15691 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
15692 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
15693 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
15694 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
15695 these settings from the command line now, especially since
15696 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
15697 completion.
15698
15699 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
15700 extract coredumps from the journal.
15701
15702 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
15703 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
15704 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
15705 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
15706 scratch their heads.
15707
15708 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
15709 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
15710
15711 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
15712 in immediate termination of systemd.
15713
15714 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
15715 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
15716
15717 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
15718 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
15719 mouse screen support has been added.
15720
15721 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
15722 Server-Sent-Events as output.
15723
15724 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
15725 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
15726 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
15727 "systemctl reload".
15728
15729 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
15730 -u" instead.
15731
15732 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
15733 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
15734 configured.
15735
15736 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
15737 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
15738
15739 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
15740 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
15741 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
15742 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
15743 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
15744 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
15745 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
15746
15747 CHANGES WITH 194:
15748
15749 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
15750 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
15751 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
15752 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
15753 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
15754 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
15755 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
15756 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
15757 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
15758 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
15759 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
15760 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
15761
15762 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
15763 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
15764 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15765
15766 CHANGES WITH 193:
15767
15768 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
15769 starting from the specified location in the journal.
15770
15771 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
15772 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
15773 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
15774
15775 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
15776 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
15777 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
15778 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
15779 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
15780 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
15781 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
15782
15783 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
15784 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
15785
15786 This will download the journal contents in a
15787 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
15788
15789 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
15790
15791 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
15792 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
15793 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
15794 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
15795 screenshot of this app in its current state:
15796
15797 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
15798
15799 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
15800 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
15801
15802 CHANGES WITH 192:
15803
15804 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
15805 too.
15806
15807 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
15808 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
15809 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
15810 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
15811 just start them.
15812
15813 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
15814 and line break accordingly.
15815
15816 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15817 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
15818
15819 CHANGES WITH 191:
15820
15821 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
15822 container environment, copying the host's timezone
15823 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
15824 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
15825 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
15826
15827 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
15828 will default to 10 if omitted.
15829
15830 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
15831 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
15832 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
15833 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
15834 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
15835
15836 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
15837 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
15838 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
15839 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
15840 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
15841 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
15842 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
15843
15844 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
15845 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
15846 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
15847 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
15848 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
15849 into two.
15850
15851 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
15852 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
15853
15854 CHANGES WITH 190:
15855
15856 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
15857 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
15858 "systemctl status".
15859
15860 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
15861 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
15862 system to another place in the same file system could not be
15863 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
15864 field.)
15865
15866 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
15867 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
15868 default.
15869
15870 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
15871 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
15872 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
15873 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
15874 in a container.
15875
15876 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
15877 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
15878 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
15879 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
15880 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
15881 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
15882
15883 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
15884 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
15885 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
15886 no-op.
15887
15888 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
15889 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
15890 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
15891 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
15892 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
15893
15894 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
15895 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
15896
15897 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
15898 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
15899 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
15900 command.
15901
15902 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
15903 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
15904 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
15905
15906 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
15907
15908 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
15909 multiple files at once.
15910
15911 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
15912 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
15913 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
15914 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
15915 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
15916 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
15917 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
15918
15919 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
15920 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
15921 now support specifiers as well.
15922
15923 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
15924 dir: %_presetdir.
15925
15926 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
15927 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
15928
15929 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
15930 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
15931 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
15932 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
15933 anymore.
15934
15935 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
15936 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
15937 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
15938 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
15939
15940 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
15941 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
15942 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
15943
15944 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
15945 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
15946 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
15947 sockets.
15948
15949 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
15950 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
15951 is changed.
15952
15953 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
15954 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
15955 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
15956 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
15957 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
15958 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
15959 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
15960
15961 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
15962
15963 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
15964 the unit file label and client process label into account.
15965
15966 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
15967 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
15968
15969 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
15970 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
15971 (%b).
15972
15973 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
15974 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
15975 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15976 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15977 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
15978 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
15979 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15980
15981 CHANGES WITH 189:
15982
15983 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
15984 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
15985
15986 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
15987 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
15988 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
15989 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
15990 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
15991 syslog daemons again.
15992
15993 * The libudev API gained the new
15994 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
15995
15996 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
15997 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
15998 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
15999 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
16000
16001 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
16002 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
16003 container.
16004
16005 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
16006 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
16007 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
16008 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
16009 this explaining it in more detail.
16010
16011 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
16012 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
16013 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
16014 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
16015
16016 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
16017 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
16018 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
16019 journal files.
16020
16021 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
16022 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
16023 as container init process a lot more fun.
16024
16025 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
16026 entries.
16027
16028 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
16029 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
16030 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
16031 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
16032 different sets of services.
16033
16034 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
16035 failure state.
16036
16037 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
16038 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
16039 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16040
16041 CHANGES WITH 188:
16042
16043 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
16044 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
16045 tree a lot more organized.
16046
16047 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
16048 may be used to group services in a natural way.
16049
16050 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
16051 services.
16052
16053 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
16054 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
16055 filtering by log level now.
16056
16057 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
16058 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
16059 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
16060
16061 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
16062 command lines involving service unit names.
16063
16064 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
16065 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
16066
16067 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
16068 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
16069 and encodes structured information about the error number.
16070
16071 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
16072 option.
16073
16074 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
16075 a shutdown is cancelled.
16076
16077 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
16078 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
16079 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
16080 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
16081 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
16082
16083 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
16084 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
16085 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
16086 for display managers instead.
16087
16088 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
16089 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
16090 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
16091 protection, and suchlike.
16092
16093 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
16094 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
16095 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
16096 the service.
16097
16098 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
16099 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
16100 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
16101 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
16102 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
16103 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16104
16105 CHANGES WITH 187:
16106
16107 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
16108 pages.
16109
16110 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
16111 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
16112 data loss.
16113
16114 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
16115 option.
16116
16117 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
16118
16119 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
16120 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
16121
16122 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
16123 specific directory.
16124
16125 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
16126 messages of two different boots.
16127
16128 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
16129 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
16130 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
16131
16132 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
16133 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
16134 disjunctions.
16135
16136 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
16137 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
16138 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
16139
16140 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
16141 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
16142 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
16143
16144 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
16145 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
16146 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
16147 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
16148 speed things up a bit.
16149
16150 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
16151 header data of journal files.
16152
16153 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
16154 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
16155 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
16156
16157 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
16158 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
16159 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
16160 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
16161
16162 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16163
16164 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
16165 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
16166 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
16167 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16168
16169 CHANGES WITH 186:
16170
16171 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
16172 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
16173 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
16174 prefixed with rd.
16175
16176 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
16177 automatically generated at boot. Use:
16178
16179 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
16180
16181 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
16182
16183 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
16184
16185 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
16186 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
16187 as well.
16188
16189 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
16190 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
16191 in all appropriate directories automatically.
16192
16193 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
16194 does the right thing. Example:
16195
16196 udevadm info /dev/sda
16197 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
16198
16199 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
16200 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
16201 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
16202 running.
16203
16204 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
16205 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
16206
16207 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
16208 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
16209
16210 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
16211 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
16212 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
16213 files.
16214
16215 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
16216 be stopped that is not loaded.
16217
16218 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
16219
16220 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
16221
16222 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
16223 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
16224 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
16225 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
16226
16227 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
16228 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
16229 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
16230 completed initialization.
16231
16232 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
16233
16234 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
16235 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
16236 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
16237 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
16238 distributions.
16239
16240 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
16241 always valid when services log to the journal via
16242 STDOUT/STDERR.
16243
16244 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
16245 command line options we understand.
16246
16247 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
16248 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
16249
16250 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
16251 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
16252
16253 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
16254 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
16255 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
16256 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
16257
16258 systemctl status /home
16259 systemctl status /dev/sda
16260
16261 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
16262 system.conf parsing.
16263
16264 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
16265 Manager object.
16266
16267 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
16268
16269 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
16270
16271 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
16272 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
16273 complete.
16274
16275 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
16276 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
16277 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
16278 systemd-fsck@.service.
16279
16280 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
16281 Manager object.
16282
16283 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
16284 work sensibly.
16285
16286 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
16287 we actually understand.
16288
16289 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
16290 additional capabilities to the container.
16291
16292 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
16293 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
16294 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
16295
16296 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
16297 the current boot only.
16298
16299 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
16300 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
16301
16302 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
16303 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
16304 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
16305 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
16306 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
16307
16308 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16309
16310 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
16311 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16312 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
16313 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
16314
16315 CHANGES WITH 185:
16316
16317 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
16318 available.
16319
16320 * Several new man pages have been added.
16321
16322 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
16323 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
16324 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
16325 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
16326
16327 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
16328 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
16329
16330 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
16331 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
16332 Matthias Clasen
16333
16334 CHANGES WITH 184:
16335
16336 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
16337 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
16338
16339 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
16340 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
16341 daemon.
16342
16343 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
16344 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
16345
16346 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
16347 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
16348 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
16349 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
16350
16351 CHANGES WITH 183:
16352
16353 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
16354 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
16355 and systemd's most recent version number.
16356
16357 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
16358 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
16359 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
16360 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
16361 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
16362 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
16363
16364 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
16365 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
16366 subsystems.
16367
16368 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
16369 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
16370 used to subscribe to events.
16371
16372 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
16373 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
16374 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
16375 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
16376 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
16377 forked by udev rules.
16378
16379 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
16380 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
16381 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
16382 it.
16383
16384 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
16385 udev_monitor_from_socket()
16386 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
16387 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
16388 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
16389
16390 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
16391 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
16392
16393 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
16394 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
16395 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
16396 the files to the new names on upgrade.
16397
16398 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
16399 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
16400 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
16401 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
16402 to be used as drop-in files.
16403
16404 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
16405 particular suspending and hibernating.
16406
16407 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
16408 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
16409 about this in more detail.
16410
16411 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
16412 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
16413 places). Distributions which have not converted these
16414 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
16415 from git history and add them downstream.
16416
16417 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
16418 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
16419 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
16420 units.
16421
16422 * All smaller setup units (such as
16423 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
16424 are run in a container and are skipped when
16425 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
16426 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
16427
16428 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
16429 integrated, for details see:
16430 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
16431
16432 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
16433 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
16434 messages.
16435
16436 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
16437 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
16438 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
16439 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
16440 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
16441
16442 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
16443 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
16444 for all units started by PID 1.
16445
16446 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
16447 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
16448 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
16449
16450 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
16451 of PID 1 anymore.
16452
16453 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
16454 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
16455 have not been read by systemd yet.
16456
16457 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
16458 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
16459 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
16460 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
16461 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
16462 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
16463
16464 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
16465 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
16466
16467 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
16468
16469 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
16470 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
16471 so sexy.
16472
16473 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
16474 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
16475 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
16476 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
16477 patterns.
16478
16479 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
16480 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
16481 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
16482 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
16483
16484 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
16485 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
16486
16487 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
16488 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
16489 in systemd now.
16490
16491 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
16492 ID on the command line.
16493
16494 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
16495 for an init system.
16496
16497 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
16498 vt100.
16499
16500 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
16501
16502 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
16503 components now have directories of their own.
16504
16505 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
16506
16507 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
16508 container in other hierarchies.
16509
16510 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
16511 system.conf.
16512
16513 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
16514
16515 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
16516 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
16517
16518 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
16519 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
16520
16521 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
16522 locally generated journal files.
16523
16524 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
16525
16526 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
16527
16528 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
16529 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
16530 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
16531 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
16532 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
16533 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
16534 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16535 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
16536 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
16537 Gundersen
16538
16539 CHANGES WITH 44:
16540
16541 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16542
16543 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
16544 KVM or container configured UUID.
16545
16546 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
16547
16548 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
16549
16550 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16551 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
16552
16553 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16554
16555 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
16556 folks
16557
16558 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
16559 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16560 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
16561
16562 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
16563 configuration
16564
16565 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
16566 free fashion
16567
16568 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
16569 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
16570 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16571 automatically generated data.
16572
16573 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
16574 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
16575 however.
16576
16577 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
16578 tarball.
16579
16580 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
16581 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
16582 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
16583 Reding
16584
16585 CHANGES WITH 43:
16586
16587 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16588
16589 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
16590
16591 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
16592
16593 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
16594 normal user logins.
16595
16596 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
16597 Biebl
16598
16599 CHANGES WITH 42:
16600
16601 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
16602
16603 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
16604 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
16605 xsltproc.
16606
16607 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
16608 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
16609 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
16610
16611 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
16612 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
16613 reboot can automatically be triggered.
16614
16615 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
16616
16617 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
16618 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16619 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
16620
16621 CHANGES WITH 41:
16622
16623 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
16624 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
16625 package update.
16626
16627 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
16628 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
16629 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
16630
16631 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
16632 complete.
16633
16634 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
16635 understood to set system wide environment variables
16636 dynamically at boot.
16637
16638 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
16639
16640 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
16641 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
16642 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
16643 files.
16644
16645 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16646 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
16647 William Douglas
16648
16649 CHANGES WITH 40:
16650
16651 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16652
16653 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
16654 "Result" D-Bus property.
16655
16656 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
16657 the next few releases.)
16658
16659 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
16660 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
16661 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
16662 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
16663
16664 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
16665 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
16666 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
16667
16668 CHANGES WITH 39:
16669
16670 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16671 bugfixes.
16672
16673 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
16674 resource usage.
16675
16676 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
16677 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
16678 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
16679 journals by the respective users.
16680
16681 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
16682 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
16683 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
16684
16685 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
16686 client for all entries.
16687
16688 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
16689
16690 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
16691 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
16692
16693 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
16694 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
16695 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
16696 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
16697
16698 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
16699 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
16700 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
16701
16702 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
16703 journal along with meta data.
16704
16705 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
16706 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
16707 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
16708
16709 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
16710 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
16711 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
16712
16713 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
16714
16715 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
16716 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
16717 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
16718 or fsck.
16719
16720 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
16721 requested with new -k switch.
16722
16723 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16724 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
16725
16726 CHANGES WITH 38:
16727
16728 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16729 bugfixes.
16730
16731 * The git repository moved to:
16732 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
16733 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
16734
16735 * First release with the journal
16736 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
16737
16738 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
16739 systemd-stdout-bridge.
16740
16741 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
16742
16743 * Many systemadm clean-ups
16744
16745 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
16746 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
16747 remote mounts.
16748
16749 * Added Mageia support
16750
16751 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
16752
16753 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
16754 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
16755 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
16756 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
16757 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
16758
16759 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
16760 of existing distributions.
16761
16762 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
16763 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
16764
16765 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
16766 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
16767 boot.
16768
16769 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
16770
16771 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
16772 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
16773 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
16774 among other things.
16775
16776 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
16777 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
16778
16779 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
16780
16781 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
16782 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
16783 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
16784
16785 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
16786 restored.
16787
16788 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
16789 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
16790 kmod
16791
16792 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
16793 of /usr/local by default.
16794
16795 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
16796 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
16797 in:
16798 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
16799
16800 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
16801 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
16802 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
16803 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
16804 supported anyway, and bad style).
16805
16806 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
16807 reloading of units together.
16808
16809 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
16810 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
16811 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
16812 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
16813 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek